WO2013131486A1 - Communication method, communication apparatus and user equipment - Google Patents

Communication method, communication apparatus and user equipment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013131486A1
WO2013131486A1 PCT/CN2013/072319 CN2013072319W WO2013131486A1 WO 2013131486 A1 WO2013131486 A1 WO 2013131486A1 CN 2013072319 W CN2013072319 W CN 2013072319W WO 2013131486 A1 WO2013131486 A1 WO 2013131486A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user equipment
tcp
address
data
radio access
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/072319
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
熊春山
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2013131486A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013131486A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/14Multichannel or multilink protocols
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/16Implementation or adaptation of Internet protocol [IP], of transmission control protocol [TCP] or of user datagram protocol [UDP]
    • H04L69/163In-band adaptation of TCP data exchange; In-band control procedures
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/15Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H04W76/16Involving different core network technologies, e.g. a packet-switched [PS] bearer in combination with a circuit-switched [CS] bearer
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L2101/00Indexing scheme associated with group H04L61/00
    • H04L2101/60Types of network addresses
    • H04L2101/677Multiple interfaces, e.g. multihomed nodes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W80/00Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
    • H04W80/06Transport layer protocols, e.g. TCP [Transport Control Protocol] over wireless

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a communication method, a communication device, and a user equipment. Background technique
  • the terminal may access the radio access network to an evolved packet core (Evolved Packet various Third Generation Partnership Ge 1 j (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) Core, EPC) network, connected to the Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW) through the Serving Gateway (S-GW), and connected to the external Packet Data Network (PDN) through the PGW.
  • EPC evolved Packet various Third Generation Partnership Ge 1 j (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) Core, EPC
  • PGW Packet Data Network Gateway
  • S-GW Serving Gateway
  • PDN Packet Data Network
  • the SGi interface communicates with an external PDN.
  • the 3GPP radio access network includes a Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) and a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) Enhanced Data Rate for GSM Evolution (Enhanced Data Rate for GSM Evolution, EDGE) GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN), and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN).
  • UTRAN Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • EDGE Enhanced Data Rate for GSM Evolution
  • GERAN GSM EDGE Radio Access Network
  • EUTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • the 3GPP GPP defines that User Equipment (UE) can access the EPC network through various 3GPP radio access networks, only one UE of the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) cannot be connected at the same time. Enter two or more 3GPP radio access networks. If a UE has two IMSIs and supports two different 3GPP radio access networks at the same time, the UE can use different IMSIs. Accessing to different 3GPP radio access networks, but assigning two IP addresses to the UE at this time is equivalent to merging the two physically separated UEs into one UE. For convenience of description, a UE having two or more IMSIs and capable of simultaneously transmitting data in two or more different 3GPP radio access networks is referred to as a multimode UE.
  • a multimode UE For convenience of description, a UE having two or more IMSIs and capable of simultaneously transmitting data in two or more different 3GPP radio access networks is referred to as a multimode UE.
  • the multimode UE cannot simultaneously use two or more IP addresses to perform data transmission of the same TCP data stream with another IP host.
  • TCP Transport Control Protocol
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a communication method, a communication device and a user equipment, which can implement data transmission of the same TCP data stream by the UE simultaneously using two or more IP addresses and another IP host.
  • a communication method including: establishing a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple Internet Protocol IP addresses via a plurality of radio access networks, and establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host, wherein
  • the multipath TCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses, and data is forwarded between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
  • a communication method including: a user equipment establishing a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a first communication device via a plurality of radio access networks, wherein the multipath TCP connection includes multiple a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the IP address; the number of transmissions between the user equipment and the IP host by the user equipment by using the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection According to the second TCP connection, the first communication device is established with the IP host, and the data is forwarded by the first communication device between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
  • a communication method including: the HSS storing a plurality of subscription data of the user equipment; the HSS providing the foregoing to the core network mobility management entity node when the user equipment accesses multiple radio access networks Signing data, so that the core network mobility management entity node establishes multiple PDN connections between the user equipment and the at least one PGW based on the multiple subscription data, where the multiple PDN connections are used for establishing the user equipment with the user.
  • the plurality of subscription data includes the identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
  • a communication device including: an establishing module, configured to establish a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple Internet Protocol IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, and establish an IP connection with an IP host a second TCP connection, wherein the multipath TCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses, and a forwarding module, configured to be between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection Forward data.
  • an establishing module configured to establish a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple Internet Protocol IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, and establish an IP connection with an IP host a second TCP connection, wherein the multipath TCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses
  • a forwarding module configured to be between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection Forward data.
  • a user equipment including: an establishing module, configured to establish a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a first communication device via multiple radio access networks, where the multipath TCP connection includes the user equipment a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses; a transmission module, configured to transmit data between the user equipment and the IP host by using the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection, the second TCP The connection is established by the first communication device with the IP host, the data being forwarded by the first communication device between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
  • a communication device including: a storage module, configured to store multiple subscription data of the user equipment; and a sending module, configured to move to the core network when the user equipment accesses multiple radio access networks
  • the plurality of subscription data is sent by the physical management entity node, so that the core network mobility management entity node establishes multiple PDNs between the user equipment and the at least one PGW based on the multiple subscription data.
  • connection wherein the plurality of PDN connections are used by the user equipment to establish a multipath TCP connection corresponding to a plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, wherein the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW, and the plurality of subscription data corresponds to
  • the plurality of IMSIs of the user equipment correspond to the plurality of radio access networks, and the plurality of subscription data includes identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may establish a multipath TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, and between the multipath TCP connection and the second TCP connection. Forwarding data enables the UE to simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
  • FIG. 1A and 1B are schematic architectural diagrams of a communication system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 1C is a hierarchical structure of MPTCP in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication process provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication process according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure ⁇ is a schematic flow chart of a communication process provided in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication process according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural schematic diagram of a communication device provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDM A Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • Embodiments of the present invention can be used in wireless networks of different standards.
  • a wireless access network may include different network elements in different systems.
  • the network elements of the radio access network in the LTE and the LTE-A include an eNB (eNodeB, an evolved base station), and the network elements of the radio access network in the WCDMA include an RNC (Radio Network Controller) and a NodeB, similar to Other wireless networks, such as WiMax (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access), may also use a solution similar to the embodiment of the present invention, but the related modules in the base station system may be different, and the embodiment of the present invention does not limited.
  • eNB evolved base station
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • NodeB Radio Network Controller
  • WiMax Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • the user equipment includes but It is not limited to a mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), a mobile telephone (Mobile Telephone), a mobile phone (handset), and a portable device, etc.
  • the user equipment can pass through a radio access network (RAN, Radio Access Network) communicates with one or more core networks.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the user equipment can be a mobile phone (or "cellular, telephone"), a computer with wireless communication function, etc., and the user equipment can also be portable, pocket-sized. , handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • some wireless carriers now require multimode UEs to simultaneously access EPC through UTRAN and EUTRAN. in.
  • the multimode UE when the multimode UE is located in the coverage area of the LTE network, the multimode UE can simultaneously communicate through two radio access networks, UTRAN and EUTRAN, so that the data rate of the access network of the multimode UE is greatly increased. increase.
  • the multimode UE can maintain its original IP data connection and transmission by accessing the UTRAN.
  • this method can enable multi-mode UEs to experience the high rate of LTE in the initial deployment phase of LTE, increasing user stickiness. For wireless operators, this method can increase the user's network access rate and gains.
  • the multimode UE since the multimode UE uses two IP addresses to transmit data through the UTRAN and the EUTRAN, respectively, it is required to ensure that the IP host communicating with the multimode UE also supports the simultaneous use of the two IP addresses with the multimode UE.
  • the Multipath Transport Control Protocol (hereinafter also referred to as MultiPath Transport Control Protocol, MPTCP) is an implementation that enables an MPTP-capable host and another MPTCP-capable host to perform TCP over multiple IP paths.
  • MPTCP MultiPath Transport Control Protocol
  • MPTCP MultiPath Transport Control Protocol
  • the communication system 100 includes a UE 110, an EUTRAN 120, a Serving Gateway (SGW) 130, a Packet Data Network Gateway (PDN Gateway, PGW) 140, a UTRAN 150, a GERAN 160, and a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN). 165. Mobility Management Entity (MME) 170, Home Subscriber Server (HSS) 180, and IP host 190.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • IP host 190 IP host 190.
  • the radio access network UTRAN 150 and the EUTRAN 120 are taken as an example for description.
  • the embodiment according to the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the radio access network may also be a GERAN 160 or other type of radio access network. .
  • UE 110 is a multi-mode UE that can be connected to SGW 130 via a radio access UTRAN and to SGW 130 via EUTRAN 120.
  • the SGW 130 can be connected to the PGW 140 via IP routing, and the PGW 140 can be connected to the IP host 190 via IP routing.
  • the EUTRAN 120 can be connected to the MME 170, the UTRAN 150 can be connected to the SGSN 165, the SGSN 165 can be connected to the HSS 180, and the MME 170 can be connected to the HSS 180.
  • the multimode UE 110 supports the MPTCP function, which is not supported by the IP host.
  • the MPTCP function, and data communication between the multimode UE 110 and the IP host 190 is achieved by arranging MPTCP functional entities on the network nodes of the communication system 100.
  • the MPTCP functional entity 145 may also be referred to as an MPTCP proxy (Proxy).
  • the MPTCP functional entity may be arranged on the PGW 140 (see Fig. 1A), or on the interface SGi outside the PGW 140, or on a router or switch outside the PGW 140 (see Fig. 1B).
  • the PGW 140 may be at least one.
  • Figure 1C is a hierarchical structure of MPTCP in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the transport layer of the hierarchical structure of MPTCP includes an MPTCP sublayer supporting multiple path transmission and multiple TCP sublayers (for example, two TCP sublayers) ).
  • the MPTCP sublayer splits the application layer data that needs to be transmitted to different sub-portions. Data is transmitted on the data stream, and each sub-stream corresponds to a TCP sublayer.
  • the MPTCP sublayer is also used to merge sub-data streams uploaded by multiple TCP sublayers into application layer data.
  • the transport layer of the MPTCP functional entity may include an MPTCP sublayer and a TCP sublayer for establishing an MPTCP connection with the multimode UE for data transmission between the multimode UE and the MPTCP functional entity through the MPTCP connection, the MPTCP function
  • the entity may further include a TCP layer for establishing a TCP connection with the TCP layer of the IP host to perform data transmission between the MPTCP functional entity and the IP host through the TCP connection.
  • This embodiment is described by taking an example that the UE has two IP addresses (for example, IP-1 and IP-2) and the IP host has an IP address (for example, IP-D), and the embodiment according to the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • a UE may have multiple IP addresses.
  • the MPTCP function entity can establish an MPTCP connection with the multimode UE by using the IP address IP-D of the IP host as its IP address, and the MPTCP connection includes two TCP connections corresponding to the IP addresses 1 and IP of the multimode UE respectively. -2.
  • the MPTCP functional entity may establish a TCP connection with the IP host with one of the two IP addresses of the multimode UE (e.g., IP-1) as its IP address.
  • the multi-mode UE When the multi-mode UE sends data to the IP host, the multi-mode UE offloads the application layer data into two sub-data streams through the MPTCP sub-layer, and passes the TCP sub-layer-1 of the multi-mode UE and the TCP sub-layer-1 of the MPTCP functional entity.
  • the TCP connection between the TCP connection and the TCP sublayer-2 of the UE and the TCP sublayer-2 of the MPTCP functional entity transmits the above two substreams.
  • the MPTCP functional entity receives the above two sub-data streams from the TCP sub-layer-1 and the TCP sub-layer-2 through the MPTCP sublayer, and merges the above two sub-data streams into application layer data.
  • the MPTCP functional entity converts the application layer data into a TCP data stream through a TCP layer of the MPTCP functional entity, and transmits the TCP data stream through a TCP connection between the TCP layer of the MPTCP functional entity and the TCP layer of the IP host, and The TCP layer of the IP host converts the above TCP data stream into application layer data.
  • the IP host When the IP host sends data to the multimode UE, the IP host converts the application layer data into a TCP data stream through the TCP layer, and transmits the TCP data stream through a TCP connection between the TCP layer of the IP host and the TCP layer of the MPTCP functional entity. And the above TCP is implemented by the TCP layer of the MPTCP functional entity. The data stream is converted to application layer data. Thereafter, the MPTCP sublayer of the MPTCP functional entity splits the application layer data into two sub-data streams, respectively, through a TCP connection between the TCP sub-layer-1 of the MPTCP functional entity and the TCP sub-layer-1 of the multi-mode UE, and MPTCP. The TCP connection between the TCP sublayer-2 of the functional entity and the TCP sublayer-2 of the UE transmits the above two substreams, and the above two substreams are merged into application layer data by the MPTCP sublayer of the UE.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of FIG. 2 is performed by a communication device including the foregoing MPTCP functional entity.
  • the method of Figure 2 includes the following.
  • the plurality of radio access networks may include at least two of UTRAN, GERAN, and EUTRAN, and the plurality of radio access networks correspond to the plurality of IP addresses.
  • the UE is a multimode UE supporting MPTCP function (or MPTCP protocol), and the IP host does not support MPTCP function.
  • an MPTCP functional entity may be included in a PGW.
  • the MPTCP functional entity may also be included on the interface SGi outside the at least one PGW, or may be arranged in a router or switch to which the PGW is connected.
  • the PGW supporting the MPTCP function may establish the foregoing MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE, and establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, or the MPTCP function entity located on the other communication device establishes an MPTCP connection with the UE through the PGW. And establish a second TCP connection with the IP host.
  • data received from the UE over a plurality of first sub-TCP connections may be converted (eg, synthesized) into data transmitted over the second TCP connection, and/or data converted from the IP host through the second TCP connection may be converted (For example, offloading) is data transmitted through a plurality of first sub-TCP connections.
  • Embodiments of the present invention may be established with multiple UEs having multiple IP addresses via multiple radio access networks
  • the MPTCP connection establishes a second TCP connection with the IP host, and forwards data between the MPTCP connection and the second TCP connection, so that the UE can simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
  • the multiple first sub-TCP connections may be established with the UE by using the multiple PDN connections of the UE, where the multiple first sub-TCP connections are connected to the multiple PDNs. Corresponding.
  • the plurality of PDN connections may be that at least one PGW is connected to a PDN established by the UE, and the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are associated with the plurality of PDN connections.
  • the method of FIG. 2 further includes: establishing, according to the plurality of subscription data of the UE, the foregoing multiple PDN connections, and allocating, to the UE, the foregoing corresponding to the multiple PDN connections.
  • a plurality of IP addresses the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, the plurality of subscription data including the same Access Point Name (APN) and the same PGW
  • APN Access Point Name
  • the identifier of the PGW is the IP address of the PGW.
  • the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contracting server HSS and are obtained by the core network mobility management entity node from the home contracting server HSS.
  • the multi-mode UE may include multiple IMSIs corresponding to multiple radio access networks.
  • the multiple IMSIs need to sign the APN.
  • the HSS stores multiple subscription data of multiple IMSI subscriptions to the APN.
  • the core network mobility management entity node e.g., the MME connected to the EUTRAN or the SGSN connected to the UTRAN
  • the user of the multi-mode UE can also sign other APNs.
  • multiple IMSIs need to sign with other APNs.
  • the PGW identifier in the plurality of subscription data to which each APN belongs is the IP address of the PGW, so that when the multi-mode UE uses the multiple IMSIs, the same one can be connected.
  • APN is on the same PGW.
  • the multiple IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW when the multiple PDN connections are established based on the multiple subscription data of the UE, where the multiple IP addresses correspond to the multiple PDNs.
  • the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, wherein the plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW, and the at least one PGW
  • the identifier is the same IP address or the same Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN)
  • the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contract server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
  • the FQDNs of the multiple PGWs are the same, and the IP addresses of the multiple PGWs are different and unique.
  • the PGW identifier included in the plurality of subscription data is an FQDN, it is possible to make multiple PDN connections respectively established on different PGWs.
  • the same FQDN may be used as the identifier of the PGW including the plurality of subscription data to which the same APN belongs, so that multiple IMSIs are established to the same one.
  • the APN's PDN connection can be connected to different PGWs.
  • a plurality of first data streams sent by the UE may be received from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, respectively, and the plurality of first data streams are merged into a second data stream, and the second TCP connection is used. Transmitting the data stream to the IP host, where the plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, and the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and TCP target port number, and second The source address of the data stream is one of the above multiple IP addresses.
  • the multi-mode UE may divide the data into multiple parts according to the MPTCP protocol, and respectively send through multiple first sub-TCP connections to form a plurality of first data streams.
  • the plurality of first data streams are sub-TCP data streams of the MPTCP protocol.
  • a communication device eg, PGW
  • PGW including an MPTCP functional entity merges and repacks the plurality of first data streams received from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, converts to a second data stream, and transmits to the second TCP connection to the second TCP connection
  • the IP host for example, the second data stream is capable of supporting and identifying the IP host TCP data stream in the TCP protocol.
  • the source IP addresses of the plurality of first data streams correspond to the plurality of IP addresses.
  • the target IP addresses of the plurality of first data streams and the second data streams are all IP addresses of the IP host.
  • a third data stream may be received from the second TCP connection; the third data stream is divided into a plurality of fourth data streams corresponding to the plurality of first child TCP connections; and the plurality of first child TCP connections are connected Transmitting the plurality of fourth data streams to the UE, where the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port number, and the plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses. And an address corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, where the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
  • the IP host when the IP host needs to send data to the multi-mode UE, the IP host sends the data through the second TCP connection to form a third data stream, where the third data stream is a TCP that the IP host can support and recognize. TCP data stream in the protocol.
  • the communication device eg, PGW
  • the MPTCP functional entity re-encapsulates and offloads the third data stream received from the TCP connection into a fourth plurality of data streams, and respectively from the plurality of first child TCPs, according to the MPTCP protocol.
  • the connection is sent to the multimode UE, and the plurality of fourth data streams are sub-TCP data streams of the MPTCP protocol that the multi-mode UE can recognize.
  • the method of this embodiment converts a plurality of first data streams received from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections into a second data stream, and transmits the same to the IP host through the second TCP connection; and/or, will be from the second
  • the third data stream received by the TCP connection is converted into a plurality of fourth data streams, and the plurality of fourth data streams are respectively sent to the multi-mode UE through the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, so the IP host support may not be required to be utilized.
  • a protocol in which an IP path performs TCP data transmission for example, an MPTCP protocol
  • the third data stream when the third data stream is divided into the plurality of fourth data streams, the third data stream may be divided into the foregoing according to a transmission rate of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections.
  • a fourth data stream the fourth data stream corresponding to the first sub-TCP connection having a larger transmission rate having a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined according to the plurality of The transmission rate of the radio access network.
  • the transmission rate of the UTRAN is much smaller than that of the EUTRAN.
  • the MPTCP sublayer can determine the TCP data provided by each TCP sublayer according to the flow control function of the TCP of the lower layer TCP sublayer.
  • the transmission rate of the stream so that the MPTCP Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is allocated according to the transmission rate of each TCP sublayer.
  • PDU MPTCP Protocol Data Unit
  • the transmission rate of the UTRAN is 2 mbps
  • the transmission rate of the EUTRAN is 10 mbps
  • their transmission rate ratio is 1:5
  • a data packet can be sent to the UE through the TCP sub-connection corresponding to the UTRAN
  • the subsequent 5 data packets are sent to the UE through the sub-connection corresponding to the EUTRAN, so that the balanced and effective wireless connection can be used.
  • the transmission rate of each TCP sublayer changes dynamically, so the MPTCP sublayer also needs to be dynamically adjusted according to the method described.
  • the MPTCP function entity can fully multiplex the UTRAN and the EUTRAN at different rates, and efficiently multiplex the data of the application layer into the transmission channel of the UTRAN and the EUTRAN for transmission.
  • a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection may be received from the UE; according to the first request, the MPTCP connection is established with the UE by using the multiple radio access networks, where a target address of the first request is The IP address of the IP host, the source address of the first request is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing the first radio access network; and the second request for establishing the TCP connection is sent to the IP host, The IP host establishes a second TCP connection, where the source address of the second request is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing the first radio access network, and the target address of the second request is an IP address of the IP host, first The radio access network is the radio access network with the largest coverage among the plurality of radio access networks.
  • the first request may be a TCP packet containing a SYN identity for establishing an MPTCP connection, including an indication that the multimode UE supports the MPTCP function.
  • the MPTCP function entity After receiving the TCP SYN packet, the MPTCP function entity sends a TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers to the multimode UE, where the MPTCP function entity supports the indication of the MPTCP function, and the multimode UE receives the TCP packet including the SYN and the ACK.
  • the TCP packet including the ACK identifier is replied to the MPTCP function entity, thereby completing the initial first sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection between the MPTCP function entity and the multi-mode UE through the three-way handshake process.
  • the process of adding the other first sub-TCP connection to the MPTCP connection may refer to the establishment process of other sub-TCP connections of the conventional MPTCP connection, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second request may be a TCP packet containing a SYN identifier for establishing a TCP connection, where the indication of the MPTCP function is not included, and after the IP host receives the TCP packet including the SYN packet identifier, the IPTCP function entity replies with the SYN. With the TCP packet identified by the ACK, which does not include the indication of the MPTCP function, the MPTCP function entity receives the TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers and then replies to the IP host with the TCP packet containing the ACK identifier, thereby completing the MPTCP function through the three-way handshake process. The establishment of a TCP connection between the entity and the IP host.
  • the TCP source port number and the destination port number of the second request may be respectively a TCP source port number and a TCP target port number in the first request.
  • a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection may be received from the UE, where a target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and a source address of the first request is that the UE is from the first radio access
  • the IP address assigned when the network accesses forwarding the first request to the IP host, and establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host according to the response of the IP host to the first request; according to the first request,
  • the plurality of radio access networks establish the MPTCP connection with the UE, and the first radio access network is the radio access network with the largest coverage among the plurality of radio access networks.
  • the first request may be a TCP packet including an SYN identifier for establishing an MPTCP connection
  • the MPTCP function entity forwards the first request TCP packet to the IP host because it does not know whether the IP host supports the MPTCP function, for example, This TCP packet containing the SYN is sent to the IP host without any modification. If the IP host supports the MPTCP function, it indicates that the MPTCP function is supported in its response to the first request (for example, a TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers), and the MPTCP function entity, after receiving the response of the second request, It is sent to the multimode UE without any modification in order to implement an MPTCP connection between the multimode UE and the IP host.
  • the MPTCP function entity forwards the TCP packet sent by the UE to the target host to the target IP host, and forwards the TCP packet sent by the target IP host to the UE to the UE.
  • the forwarding process does not perform any operations on the content of the data.
  • the MPTCP function entity establishes an MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE through the three-way handshake process of the MPTCP according to the first request, for example, sending a TCP packet including the SYN and the ACK identifier to the multi-mode UE, and the TCP packet including the SYN and the ACK identifier.
  • the MPTCP function entity is instructed to support the MPTCP function, and the three-way handshake process is completed after receiving the TCP packet containing the ACK identifier sent by the multi-mode UE, thereby completing the initial MPTS connection between the MPTCP function entity and the multi-mode UE through the three-way handshake process.
  • the first child TCP connection The process of adding the other first sub-TCP connections to the MPTCP connection can refer to the establishment process of other sub-TCP connections of the conventional MPTCP connection, and details are not described herein again.
  • the MPTCP function entity establishes a TCP connection with the IP host through the three-way handshake process of the TCP by using the second request, for example, after receiving the TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers that does not include the indication of supporting the MPTCP function, sending the inclusion to the IP host.
  • the TCP packet identified by the ACK completes the three-way handshake process, thereby establishing a TCP connection.
  • the first radio access network is a UTR AN with a large coverage in UTR AN and EUTR AN.
  • the EUTRAN Since the EUTRAN is deployed only in the hotspot area during the initial deployment phase, when the multi-mode UE moves, it may enter an area without LTE coverage, so that the IP address corresponding to the EUTRAN is allocated to other UEs, thereby causing the IP host to pass the IP address.
  • the user terminal during communication is no longer the original multimode UE.
  • the UE initiates communication with the IP host by using a source IP address corresponding to the UTRAN, so that the IP host can always ensure the source corresponding to the UTRAN.
  • the IP address communicates with the UE.
  • a third request for establishing the TCP connection is received from the IP host; and a second TCP connection is established with the IP host according to the third request, where a target address of the third request is that the UE is connected from the first wireless
  • the IP address assigned to the network access the source address of the third request is the IP address of the IP host
  • the fourth request for establishing the MPTCP connection is sent to the UE, to establish the MPTCP connection with the UE, where
  • the source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and the target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses the first radio access network.
  • the third request may be a TCP packet containing a SYN identifier for establishing a TCP connection
  • the MPTCP function entity establishes a TCP connection with the IP host through a three-way handshake process of the TCP according to the third request.
  • the fourth request may be a TCP packet containing the SYN identifier for establishing an MPTCP connection
  • the MPTCP function entity establishes an MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE through the three-way handshake process of the MPTCP by using the fourth request.
  • the initial TCP may be established for an IP address. Connect, then establish a new sub-TCP connection for other IP addresses.
  • the related processing is the same as the above-mentioned first request process, the UE supports MPTCP and the IP host does not support MPTCP processing.
  • the related processing process and the first request process described above simultaneously support the processing of the MPTCP by the UE and the IP host. The description will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 3 is performed by the multi-mode UE 110 of Figure 1A.
  • the method of Fig. 3 corresponds to the method of Fig. 2, and a detailed description is omitted as appropriate.
  • the method of Figure 3 includes the following.
  • the UE establishes an MPTCP connection with the first communications device via multiple radio access networks, where the MPTCP connection includes multiple first sub-TCP connections corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the UE.
  • the first communication device may be a communication device including an MPTCP functional entity, for example, an interface on the interface SGi other than the PGW or PGW or the route to which the PGW is connected Or switch.
  • an MPTCP functional entity for example, an interface on the interface SGi other than the PGW or PGW or the route to which the PGW is connected Or switch.
  • the UE transmits data between the UE and the IP host by using the multiple first and second TCP connections, and the second TCP connection is established by the first communications device and the IP host, where the data is used by the first communications.
  • the device forwards between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may establish an MPTCP connection corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the UE via a plurality of radio access networks and a communication device supporting the MPTCP function, and establish a second TCP connection with the IP host through the communication device, and The data is forwarded between the MPTCP connection and the second TCP connection, so that the UE can simultaneously use two IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
  • the UE may establish the multiple first sub-TCP connections with the PGW via the multiple radio access networks based on multiple PDN connections, where the multiple first sub-TCP connections are connected to the multiple PDNs. correspond.
  • the multimode UE when the multimode UE needs to access the packet data network PDN identified by the access point name APN, the multimode UE establishes multiple PDN connections with the first communication device, and the multiple PDN connections respectively correspond to multiple wireless Access Network.
  • the first communications device is a PGW
  • the method of FIG. 3 further includes: the UE establishing multiple PDN connections with the PGW based on the plurality of subscription data of the UE, where the PDN connection is corresponding to the PDN connection.
  • the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, the plurality of subscription data including the same access point name APN and the same PGW
  • the identifier of the PGW is the IP address of the PGW, and the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contracting server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
  • the first communication device is a PGW, that is, the MPTCP function entity is disposed on the PGW, and the multi-mode UE can access the core network mobility management entity node (for example, the SGSN when accessing the first radio access network (eg, UTRAN) And transmitting a connection establishment request, where the connection establishment request includes a first IMSI corresponding to the first radio access network and an APN to which the multimode UE needs to access.
  • Core network mobility tube The physical entity node obtains the first subscription data corresponding to the first IMSI according to the first IMSI, and selects the corresponding PGW according to the IP address of the PGW of the APN subscription data in the first subscription data to establish the first PDN of the multimode UE.
  • the multimode UE may send a connection establishment request to a core network mobility management entity node (eg, MME) when accessing the second radio access network (eg, E-UTRAN), the connection establishment request including The second IMSI corresponding to the second radio access network and the foregoing APN.
  • MME core network mobility management entity node
  • the core network mobility management entity node obtains the second subscription data corresponding to the second IMSI according to the second IMSI querying the HSS, and selects the PGW to establish and the second wireless according to the IP address of the PGW of the APN subscription data in the second subscription data.
  • a second PDN connection corresponding to the access network and the PGW allocates an IP address for the multi-mode UE. Since the identifier of the PGW of the APN subscription data in the first subscription data and the second subscription data is the IP address of the same PGW, the multi-mode UE can establish the two PDN connections with the PGW.
  • the method of FIG. 3 further includes: the UE establishing a plurality of PDN connections with the at least one PGW based on the plurality of subscription data of the UE, where the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection Assigned by the PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, the plurality of subscription data including identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW, the at least The identifier of a PGW is the same IP address or the same full-name domain name FQDN.
  • the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contract server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
  • the first communication device is an interface SGi, router or switch connected to the at least one PGW, i.e., the MPTCP functional entity is disposed on the SGi, router or switch.
  • the UE divides the data into a plurality of first data streams corresponding to the plurality of first sub-TCP connections; the UE is first to the first plurality of first sub-TCP connections
  • the communication device transmits the plurality of first data streams, so that the first communication device merges the plurality of first data streams into the second data stream and sends the second data stream to the IP host through the second TCP connection,
  • the plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses
  • the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and a TCP target port number
  • the source address of the second data stream is the plurality of One of the IP addresses.
  • the UE divides the data into the multiple first data streams according to a transmission rate of the multiple first sub-TCP connections, so that the first TCP with a larger transmission rate is used.
  • the first data stream corresponding to the connection has a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the transmission rates of the plurality of radio access networks.
  • the transmission rate of the UTRAN is much smaller than that of the EUTRAN.
  • the MPTCP sublayer of the multimode UE can determine each TCP sublayer according to the flow control function of the TCP of the lower layer TCP sublayer.
  • the transmission rate of the provided TCP data stream is such that the MPTCP Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is allocated according to the transmission rate of each TCP sublayer.
  • PDU MPTCP Protocol Data Unit
  • the transmission rate of the UTRAN is 2 mbps, and the transmission rate of the EUTRAN is 10 mbps, and their transmission rate ratio is 1:5, then a data packet can be sent to the MPTCP functional entity through the TCP sub-connection corresponding to the UTRAN. Then, the subsequent 5 data packets are sent to the MPTCP functional entity through the sub-connection corresponding to the EUTRAN, so that the balanced and effective wireless connection can be used. Due to the dynamic nature of the wireless transmission channel, the transmission rate of each TCP sublayer changes dynamically, so the MPTCP sublayer also needs to be dynamically adjusted according to the method described. After the method of this embodiment is adopted, the UE can fully multiplex the UTRAN and the EUTRAN at different rates, and efficiently multiplex the data of the application layer into the transmission channel of the UTRAN and the EUTRAN for transmission.
  • the UE receives a plurality of fourth TCP data streams from the plurality of first child TCP connections, respectively, wherein the third data stream received by the first communication device from the second TCP connection Dividing into the plurality of fourth TCP data streams; the UE combining the plurality of fourth TCP data streams into the data, wherein the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address
  • the address and the TCP source port number, the plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses, and correspond to the plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, and the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
  • the UE sends a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection to the first communication device, to establish the MPTCP connection with the first communication device via the multiple radio access networks, where
  • the target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and the source address of the first request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses from the first radio access network.
  • the UE receives a fourth request for establishing the MPTCP connection from the first communications device, and the first communications by using the multiple radio access networks according to the fourth request.
  • the device establishes an MPTCP connection, where the source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and the target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses the first radio access network.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to still another embodiment of the present invention. The method of the figure is performed by the HSS 180 of Figure 1A. The method of Figure 4 corresponds to the method of Figures 2 and 3, and a detailed description is omitted herein.
  • the HSS stores multiple subscription data of the UE.
  • the HSS provides the foregoing multiple subscription data to a core network mobility management entity node when the UE accesses multiple radio access networks, so that the core network mobility management entity node establishes the UE according to the multiple subscription data.
  • a plurality of PDN connections between the at least one PGW wherein the plurality of PDN connections are used by the UE to establish an MPTCP connection corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses of the UE, where the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW
  • the subscription data corresponds to a plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponds to the plurality of radio access networks, and the plurality of subscription data includes identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
  • the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full name i or the name FQDNo
  • the embodiment of the present invention may be configured by the HSS to store multiple subscription data of the UE, so as to establish multiple PDN connections between the UE and the at least one PGW based on the multiple subscription data, for establishing and Multiple IP addresses corresponding to the MPTCP connection. Since the identifiers of the PGWs in the plurality of subscription data are the same IP address or the same FQDN, it is ensured that the IP data packets transmitted through the multiple PDN connections may pass through the MPTCP function entity on the PGW or on the network device connected to the PGW.
  • the MPTCP functional entity enables the UE to simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication process provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 5 is an example of the method of Figures 2, 3 and 4.
  • the multi-mode UE accesses the radio access network UTRAN and the EUTRAN through two IMSIs as an example.
  • the MPTCP functional entity i.e., MPTCP proxy
  • MPTCP proxy is included in the PGW.
  • the two IMSIs need to sign the APN, and save the subscription data of the two IMSI subscriptions to the APN on the HSS.
  • the P4000 identifier of the PGW may be included in the subscription data.
  • the PGW is identified as an IP address of the PGW.
  • the signed PGW identifier uses the same PGW IP address. Because the IP address of the PGW is unique, it can be ensured that the PDN connection is established on the PGW, so that the IP data packet transmitted through the two PDN connections can pass through the PGW, so that the IP data packet can also reach the PGW.
  • the multimode UE establishes a PDN connection with the PGW through the UTRAN.
  • the multimode UE needs to access a wireless carrier through the UTRAN
  • the multi-mode UE can establish a PDN connection with the PGW belonging to the APN through the UTRAN.
  • the PDN connection includes an air interface Uu connection from the multimode UE to the UTRAN, an interface S12 or S4 connection from the UTRAN to the SGW, and an interface S5 connection from the SGW to the PGW.
  • the multi-mode UE may send a connection establishment request to the SGSN, where the connection establishment request includes an IMSI corresponding to the UTRAN and an APN that the multi-mode UE needs to access.
  • the SGSN Obtaining APN-related subscription data provided by the UE by querying the HSS according to the IMSI, and establishing a PDN connection according to the IP address of the PGW in the subscription data, where the PGW may allocate an IP address corresponding to the IMSI for the multi-mode UE. .
  • the multimode UE establishes another PDN connection with the PGW through the EUTRAN.
  • the multimode UE can establish another PDN connection with the PGW belonging to the APN through the EUTRAN.
  • the PDN connection includes an air interface connection LTE-Uu from the multimode UE to the EUTRAN, an interface S1-U connection from the EUTRAN to the SGW, and an interface S5 connection from the SGW to the PGW.
  • the multimode UE may send a connection setup request to the MME, the connection setup request including the IMSI corresponding to the EUTRAN and the APN that the multimode UE needs to access.
  • the MME obtains the APN-related subscription data by querying the HSS according to the IMSI, and establishes a PDN connection according to the IP address of the PGW in the subscription data, where the PGW can allocate an IP address corresponding to the IMSI to the multi-mode UE.
  • the multi-mode UE establishes an initial sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection with the MPTCP function entity configured on the PGW through a PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN.
  • the multimode UE may initiate or initiate an MPTCP connection by sending an MPTCP connection establishment request to the IP host, and the MPTCP connection establishment request may be a SYN identifier.
  • a TCP packet ie, a packet for initiating a "three-way handshake"
  • the TCP SYN packet may carry an MP_CAPABLE option for indicating that the multi-mode UE supports the MPTCP function
  • the source address of the TCP SYN packet is a multi-mode UE connection.
  • the IP address assigned to the PGW when it is UTRAN, and the destination address is the IP address of the IP host.
  • the MPTCP function entity on the PGW can parse the destination IP address IP-D of the received TCP SYN packet, and the MPTCP function entity on the PGW will receive the TCP SYN packet without any operation. Modified, transparently sent to the IP host.
  • the host sends a TCP SYN-ACK packet carrying the MP_CAPABLE option to the UE.
  • the MPTCP function entity on the PGW will receive the TCP SYN-ACK data carrying the MP_CAPABLE option replied by the IP host.
  • the TCP SYN-ACK packet carrying the MP_CAPABLE option received by the IP host is forwarded transparently to the UE without any modification, so as to establish a multimode UE and an IP host. Inter-MPTCP connection.
  • the MPTCP function entity on the PGW only transparently forwards the MPTCP communication data packet between the UE and the IP host without changing the content of the MPTCP data packet.
  • the host If the IP host does not support the MPTCP function, the host sends a TCP SYN-ACK packet that does not carry the MP_CAPABLE option to the UE.
  • the MPTCP function entity on the PGW will receive the TCP SYN-ACK packet that does not carry the MP_CAPABLE option, and the IP host does not support the MPTCP function, and automatically starts the TCP proxying the IP address of the IP address.
  • the function is to establish an MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE according to the foregoing TCP SYN packet sent by the multi-mode UE, for example, returning a SYN-ACK packet to the multi-mode UE, where the SYN-ACK packet carries an MP_CAPABLE option, which is used to indicate that the MPTCP functional entity supports
  • the MPTCP function after receiving the SYN-ACK packet, the multi-mode UE sends an ACK packet carrying the MP_CAPABLE option to the MPTCP function entity, thereby completing the initial sub-TCP connection establishment process of the MPTCP connection.
  • the MPTCP functional entity configured on the PGW establishes a TCP connection with the IP host.
  • the MPTCP function entity transparently forwards the TCP SYN packet sent by the UE carrying the MP_CAPABLE option to the target IP address in 530.
  • the target IP host responds with a TCP SYN-ACK packet that does not carry the MP_CAPABLE option, the MPTCP functional entity A TCP ACK packet is sent to the target IP host to complete the establishment of a regular TCP connection.
  • 530 and 535 can be performed simultaneously, for example, the above TCP connection and the above initial sub-TCP connection can be established at the same time.
  • the multimode UE adds a new sub-TCP connection of an established MPTCP connection to the MPTCP functional entity configured on the PGW through a PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN.
  • the multimode UE can add the sub TCP connection of the MPTCP connection between the multimode UE and the MPTCP functional entity, for example.
  • the UE sends a TCP SYN packet carrying the MP_JOIN and an option identifying the previously established MPTCP connection to the target IP address, and the MPTCP function entity on the PGW knows according to the MP_JOIN carried in the TCP SYN packet and the option to identify the previously established MPTCP connection.
  • the MPTCP function entity sends a packet of the TCP SYN-ACK carrying the option of MP_JOIN to the UE, and then the UE sends a packet carrying the ACK of the option of MP_JOIN to the destination IP address, thereby completing the process of adding the sub-TCP connection on the MPTCP connection.
  • the multimode UE can notify the MPTCP function entity of its other IP address through the path management function of MPTCP in order to establish a new sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection.
  • the process in which the MPTCP function entity initiates a new sub-TCP connection to the UE is similar to the process in which the previous UE initiates a new sub-TCP connection, and will not be described in detail herein.
  • the application layer data may be offloaded, and a sub-data stream is sent through the sub-TCP connection of the UTRAN MPTCP connection.
  • the multimode UE can send data to the IP host, that is, the MPTCP sublayer of the multimode UE subnets the upper application layer data and adds the sequence number of the MPTCP sublayer. And the data with the serial number (represented by MPTCP PDU) is transmitted to the lower layer TCP sublayer for transmission.
  • This TCP sublayer adds some extension headers and corresponding functions on the conventional TCP. In other words, this TCP sub The layer transmits the MPTCP PDU to the MPTCP functional entity through the sub-TCP connection. Since there may be multiple TCP sublayers under the MPTCP sublayer, the MPTCP sublayer forwards the MPTCP PDUs to multiple TCP sublayers for transmission.
  • the source address of the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the multi-mode UE through the sub-TCP connection in the UTRAN MPTCP connection is the IP address assigned by the PGW when the multi-mode UE accesses the UTRAN, and the target IP address and the destination port number are IP hosts. IP address and TCP destination port number.
  • the multi-mode UE may send another sub-data stream through another sub-TCP connection of the same MPTCP connection of the EUTRAN.
  • 555 is similar to 550 and will not be described here.
  • the MPTCP functional entity will connect to the sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of EUTRAN
  • the transmitted MPTCP sub-data stream and the MPTCP sub-data stream transmitted by another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of the UTRAN are merged into application layer data.
  • the MPTCP function entity packs the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and sends the TCP data stream to the IP host through the established TCP connection, where the source IP address of the TCP data stream is a multi-mode UE in accessing the UTRAN.
  • the assigned IP address, whose target IP address and destination port number are the target IP address and TCP destination port number of the sub-data stream transmitted through the above plurality of sub-TCP connections.
  • the MPTCP function entity establishes an MPTCP connection with the multimode UE on the one hand, and on the other hand, the MPTCP function entity proxy multimode UE establishes a TCP connection with the IP host.
  • the MPTCP function entity can forward data between the multi-mode UE and the IP host, that is, the MPTCP function entity receives the application layer data of the multi-mode UE through multiple sub-TCP connections connected by the MPTCP.
  • the data is forwarded to the IP host through the TCP connection; after receiving the application layer data of the IP host through the TCP connection, the MPTCP function entity forwards the data to the multi-mode UE through multiple sub-TCP connections connected by the MPTCP.
  • the MPTCP sublayer After receiving the MPTCP PDUs of the multiple TCP sublayers of the lower layer, the MPTCP sublayer reassembles the MPTCP PDUs according to the sequence number on the MPTCP PDU to form an MPTCP SDU (ie, application layer data), and provides the upper layer application layer.
  • MPTCP SDU ie, application layer data
  • the IP host may convert the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and send the TCP data stream by using the foregoing TCP connection.
  • the MPTCP function entity disposed on the PGW After receiving the TCP data stream, the MPTCP function entity disposed on the PGW converts the TCP data stream into application layer data by using a TCP layer, and offloads the application layer data into two MPTCP sub-data streams through the MPTCP sublayer, and passes through the UTRAN.
  • a sub-TCP connection of the PDN connection and the MPTCP connection sends a sub-data stream.
  • the MPTCP functional entity disposed on the PGW sends another sub-data stream through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection.
  • the multimode UE will send the MPTCP sub-data stream sent through the PUT connection of the EUTRAN and the PDN connection through the UTRAN.
  • the sent MPTCP sub-data streams are merged into application layer data and uploaded to the application layer.
  • the source IP address and source port number of the two MPTCP sub-streams may be the source IP address and the TCP source port number in the TCP data stream in 570.
  • the MPTCP functional entity in the P-GW can implement the conversion between the MPTCP and the TCP and the forwarding of the application layer data between the multi-mode UE and another UE, thereby being able to support communication between the internal UEs of the PGW.
  • the multi-mode UE of the embodiment of the present invention can also establish an initial MPTCP connection through the EUTRAN and establish a new MPTCP connection through the UTRAN.
  • embodiments of the present invention may also initiate the establishment of a TCP connection by the IP host to the multimode UE. For example, when the IP host initiates TCP communication to the multimode UE, the IP host initiates TCP communication with the IP address IP-1 of the multimode UE using the source IP address IP-D.
  • MPTCP When the TCP packet reaches the MPTCP functional entity, MPTCP
  • the target IP address IP-1 of the received IP packet can be parsed, and the TCP function of proxying the IP address IP-1 is automatically started, a TCP connection with the IP host is established, and then the establishment of the MPTCP connection with the multimode UE is started, that is,
  • the source IP address IP-D of the IP data packet sent by the IP host received by the MPTCP function entity is the source address, and the IP address of the IP data packet IP-1 is used as the destination address proxy IP-D to initiate an MPTCP connection to the IP-1.
  • the MPTCP functional entity proxyes the multimode UE to establish a TCP connection with the IP host, and on the other hand, the proxy IP host establishes an MPTCP connection with the multimode UE.
  • the MPTCP function entity can forward data between the multimode UE and the IP host, that is, the MPTCP function entity receives the application layer data of the IP host through the TCP connection, and then connects through the MPTCP.
  • the MPTCP function entity Forwarded to the multimode host, receives the application layer data of the multimode UE through the MPTCP connection, and then forwards it to the IP host through the TCP connection.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication process according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method is another example of the methods of Figures 2, 3 and 4.
  • 610 to 520 of FIG. 6 are the same as 510 to 520 of FIG. 5 except for the position where the MPTCP functional entity is located, and 650 to 685 of FIG. 6 are the same as 550 to 585 of FIG. 5, and a detailed description is appropriately omitted herein.
  • the embodiment of FIG. 6 is different from the embodiment of FIG. 5 in that the MPTCP function entity configured on the PGW knows in advance (for example, by configuration) that the target IP host does not support the MPTCP function, and the MPTCP function entity may first establish an MPTCP connection with the UE. Initially a sub-TCP connection, then add a sub-TCP connection to the initial sub-TCP connection, and finally establish a general TCP connection with the target IP.
  • the multimode UE establishes a PDN connection with the PGW through the UTRAN.
  • the multimode UE establishes another PDN connection with the PGW through the EUTRAN.
  • the multimode UE establishes an initial sub-TCP connection of the initial MPTCP connection with the MPTCP functional entity configured on the PGW through a PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN.
  • the multi-mode UE may initiate or initiate an MPTCP connection by sending an MPTCP connection establishment request to the IP host, and the MPTCP connection establishment request may be a TCP SYN packet (That is, a packet for initiating a "three-way handshake", and the TCP SYN packet may carry an MP_CAPABLE option for indicating that the multi-mode UE supports the MPTCP function, and the source address of the TCP SYN packet is when the multi-mode UE accesses the UTRAN.
  • the IP address assigned by the PGW, and the destination address is the IP address of the IP host.
  • the MPTCP function entity on the PGW can parse the destination IP address IP-D of the received TCP SYN packet, and automatically initiate the TCP function of proxying the IP address IP-D, that is, according to the TCP SYN.
  • the packet establishes an MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE, for example, returns a SYN-ACK packet to the multi-mode UE, and the SYN-ACK packet carries an MP_CAPABLE option, which is used to indicate that the MPTCP functional entity supports the MPTCP function, and the multi-mode UE receives the SYN- After the ACK packet, the ACK packet is sent to the MPTCP function entity, thereby completing the establishment process of the initial MPTCP connection.
  • the multimode UE is configured by using a PDN corresponding to the EUTRAN and the PGW.
  • the MPTCP functional entity adds a new sub-TCP connection to an established MPTCP connection, or the MPTCP functional entity adds a sub-TCP connection to the UE through a PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN.
  • the multi-mode UE may add a sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection between the multi-mode UE and the MPTCP functional entity. For example, the UE sends the MP_JOIN and the identifier.
  • the TCP SYN packet of the established MPTCP connection option is given to the destination IP address.
  • the MPTCP function entity on the PGW knows that the MP_JOIN carried in the TCP SYN packet and the option to identify the previously established MPTCP connection are added to the MPTCP connection established in 630.
  • a child TCP connection is possible to the MPTCP connection established.
  • the MPTCP function entity sends a packet of TCP SYN-ACK carrying the option of MPJOIN to the UE, and then the UE sends a packet carrying the ACK of the option of MP_JOIN to the destination IP address, thereby completing the process of adding the TCP connection on the MPTCP connection.
  • the multimode UE can notify the MPTCP function entity of its other IP address through the path management function of MPTCP to establish a new sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection.
  • the process in which the MPTCP function entity initiates a new sub-TCP connection to the UE is similar to the process in which the previous UE initiates a new sub-TCP connection, and will not be described in detail herein.
  • the MPTCP functional entity configured on the PGW establishes a TCP connection with the IP host.
  • the MPTCP function entity may use the source address of the above TCP SYN packet (that is, the IP address assigned by the PGW when the multimode UE accesses the UTRAN) as the source address, and the destination address of the TCP SYN packet (ie, the IP address of the IP host).
  • the proxy multimode UE initiates the establishment of a TCP connection to the IP host.
  • the establishment process of the TCP connection is also a three-way handshake process, which is similar to the process of establishing a regular TCP connection, and will not be described here.
  • the application layer data may be offloaded, and a sub-data stream is sent through a sub-TCP connection of the UTRAN MPTCP connection.
  • the multi-mode UE may send another sub-data stream through another sub-TCP connection of the same MPTCP connection of the EUTRAN.
  • the MPTCP function entity merges the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of the EUTRAN with the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of the UTRAN into the application layer data. Further, the MPTCP function entity packs the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and sends the TCP data stream to the IP host through the established TCP connection, where the source IP address of the TCP data stream is a multi-mode UE in accessing the UTRAN.
  • the assigned IP address, whose target IP address and destination port number are the target IP address and TCP destination port number of the sub-data stream transmitted through the above plurality of sub-TCP connections.
  • the IP host may convert the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and send the TCP data stream by using the foregoing TCP connection.
  • the MPTCP function entity disposed on the PGW After receiving the TCP data stream, the MPTCP function entity disposed on the PGW converts the TCP data stream into application layer data by using a TCP layer, and offloads the application layer data into two MPTCP sub-data streams through the MPTCP sublayer, and passes through the UTRAN.
  • a sub-TCP connection of the PDN connection and the MPTCP connection sends a sub-data stream.
  • the MPTCP functional entity disposed on the PGW sends another sub-data stream through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection.
  • the multimode UE combines the MPTCP substream sent through the EDNRAN's PDN connection with the MPTCP substream sent through the UTRAN's PDN connection into application layer data and uploads it to the application layer.
  • Figure ⁇ is a schematic flow chart of a communication process provided in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 7 is another example of the method of Figures 2, 3 and 4. 710 to 785 of Fig. 7 are similar to 510 to 585 of Fig. 5 except that the position of the MPTCP functional entity is different, and a detailed description is omitted as appropriate.
  • the multi-mode UE accesses the radio access networks UTRAN and EUTRAN through two IMSIs as an example for description.
  • the MPTCP functional entity may be disposed on the SGi interface outside the PGW, or on the router or switch to which the PGW is connected through the SGi interface.
  • the multimode UE establishes two PDN connections with the same PGW through EUTRAN and UTRAN.
  • the two IMSIs need to sign the APN, and the subscription data of the two IMSI subscriptions to the APN are saved on the HSS. It should be understood that the multi-mode UE can also sign other APNs.
  • the PGD identifier of the PGW may be included in the subscription data.
  • the PGW identifier is an IP address of the PGW.
  • the signed PGW ID uses the same P-GW IP address. Because the IP address of the PGW is unique, it can be ensured that the two PDN connections are established on the PGW, so that the IP data packets transmitted through the two PDN connections can pass through the PGW, so that the IP data packet can also be reached.
  • the multimode UE establishes a PDN connection with the PGW through the UTRAN.
  • the multimode UE establishes another PDN connection with the PGW through the EUTRAN.
  • the multi-mode UE establishes an initial sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection by using an PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN and an MPTCP function entity configured on the interface SGi outside the PGW.
  • the MPTCP function entity configured on the SGi outside the PGW establishes a TCP connection with the IP host.
  • the multimode UE adds a new sub-TCP connection to the established MPTCP connection of the 730 by the PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN and the MPTCP function entity on the SGi outside the PGW, or the MPTCP functional entity corresponds to the EUTRAN.
  • the PDN connection adds a sub-TCP connection to the UE.
  • the multimode UE may offload the application layer data, and send an MPTCP sub-data stream through a sub-TCP connection of the UTRAN MPTCP connection.
  • the multi-mode UE may send another MPTCP sub-data stream through another sub-TCP connection of the EUTRAN MPTCP connection.
  • the MPTCP functional entity will connect to a sub-TCP connection through the EUTRAN MPTCP connection
  • the other MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the transmitted MPTCP sub-data stream and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of the UTRAN is merged into application layer data.
  • the MPTCP function entity converts the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and sends the TCP data stream to the IP host through the TCP connection.
  • the IP host may convert the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and send the TCP data stream by using the foregoing TCP connection.
  • the MPTCP function entity disposed on the SGi outside the PGW converts the TCP data stream into application layer data by using a TCP layer, and offloads the application layer data into two MPTCP sub-data streams through the MPTCP layer, and passes the A PDN connection of UTRAN and a sub-TCP connection of MPTCP send an MPTCP sub-data stream.
  • the MPTCP function entity disposed on the SGi outside the PGW sends another MPTCP sub-data stream through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP.
  • the multimode UE combines the MPTCP substream sent through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN with the MPTCP substream sent through the PDN connection of the UTRAN into application layer data, and uploads it to the application layer.
  • the MPTCP functional entity is deployed on the SGi interface outside the PGW, and no change to the current EPC and RAN is required, and only the independent deployment of the MPTCP functional entity can be implemented, so that the PGW and the MPTCP functional entity are not necessary.
  • One vendor provides it, and the PGW and MPTCP functional entities can be upgraded and deployed separately.
  • the multi-mode UE of the embodiment of the present invention can also establish an initial MPTCP connection through the EUTRAN, and then establish a new MPTCP connection through the UTRAN.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication process according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 8 is yet another example of the method of Figures 2, 3 and 4.
  • the MPTCP functional entity is located on the SGi interface outside the PGW, and the UE establishes a PDN connection with the two PGWs (eg, PGW1 and PGW2) through EUTRAN and UTRAN, respectively.
  • PGWs eg, PGW1 and PGW2
  • EUTRAN and UTRAN respectively.
  • the MPTCP functional entity can be implemented on this router or switch.
  • This embodiment uses a multi-mode UE to access UTRAN and EUTRAN through two IMSIs as an example.
  • the two IMSIs need to sign the APN, and the subscription data of the two IMSI subscriptions to the APN are saved on the HSS. It should be understood that the multi-mode UE can also sign other APNs.
  • the two IMSIs need to be contracted with other APNs.
  • the PPG identifier of the PGW may be included in the above contract data. In this implementation, preferably, the PGW is identified as the FQDN of the PGW.
  • the signed PGW ID uses the same FQDN, and does not necessarily have to use the IP address of the PGW.
  • the PDN connection established by the two IMSIs to the same APN can be Connected to different PGWs to achieve load balancing of the PGW.
  • the multimode UE establishes a PDN connection with PGW1 through the UTRAN.
  • the multimode UE when the multimode UE needs to access the PDN provided by the APN provided by a certain wireless carrier through the UTRAN, the multimode UE can establish a PDN connection with the PGW1 belonging to the APN through the UTRAN.
  • the PDN connection includes an air interface Uu connection from the multimode UE to the UTRAN, an interface S12 or S4 connection from the UTRAN to the SGW, and an interface S5 connection from the SGW to the PGW1.
  • the multimode UE may send a connection setup request to the SGSN, the connection setup request including the IMSI1 corresponding to the UTRAN and the APN to which the multimode UE needs to access.
  • the SGSN obtains APN-related subscription data by querying the HSS according to the IMSI1, and establishes a PDN connection according to the FQDN of the PGW1 in the subscription data, where the PGW1 can allocate an IP address corresponding to the IMSI1 for the multi-mode UE.
  • the multimode UE establishes another PDN connection with the PGW2 through the EUTRAN.
  • the multi-mode UE can establish another PDN connection with the PGW 2 belonging to the APN through the EUTRAN.
  • the PDN connection includes an air interface connection LTE-Uu from the multimode UE to the EUTRAN,
  • the interface Sl-U connection from the EUTRAN to the SGW and the interface S5 from the SGW to the PGW2 are connected.
  • the multimode UE may send a connection establishment request to the MME, the connection establishment request including the IMSI2 corresponding to the EUTRAN and the above APN.
  • the MME obtains APN-related subscription data by querying the HSS according to the IMSI2, and establishes a PDN connection between the multi-mode UE and the PGW2 according to the FQDN of the PGW2 in the subscription data, where the PGW2 can allocate the IMSI with the IMSI. Corresponding IP address.
  • the IP host establishes a TCP connection with the MPTCP functional entity configured on the SGi.
  • the IP host can select an IP address of the multimode UE to initiate the establishment of a TCP connection for the destination address.
  • the establishment process of the TCP connection is also a three-way handshake process, which is similar to the process of establishing a regular TCP connection, and will not be described here.
  • MPTCP can parse the destination IP address of the received IP packet and automatically start the TCP function that proxyes this IP address.
  • the MPTCP functional entity configured on the SGi establishes an initial MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE by using a PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN.
  • the MPTCP function entity may send an MPTCP connection establishment request to the multi-mode UE, where the MPTCP connection establishment request may be a TCP SYN packet (ie, a data packet for initiating a "three-way handshake"), and the TCP SYN packet may carry the MP_CAPABLE option.
  • the sender of the TCP data supports the MPTCP function
  • the source address of the TCP SYN packet is the IP address of the IP host
  • the target address is the target IP address of the parsed IP packet.
  • the multimode UE After receiving the TCP SYN packet, the multimode UE establishes an MPTCP connection with the MPTCP function entity according to the TCP SYN packet and the carried MP_CAPABLE option, for example, returns a TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers to the MPTCP function entity (TCP SYN-ACK packet)
  • TCP SYN-ACK packet carries an MP_CAPABLE option for indicating that the multimode UE supports the MPTCP function
  • the MPTCP function entity sends the TCP containing the ACK identifier carrying the MP_CAPABLE option to the multimode UE after receiving the TCP SYN-ACK packet.
  • the packet completes the initial MPTCP connection and the establishment of the first sub-TCP connection.
  • embodiments of the present invention do not limit the order of execution of 830 and 840 830 and 840. Can be executed at the same time.
  • the MPTCP function entity configured on the SGi establishes a sub-TCP connection with the multi-mode UE on the established MPTCP connection by using a PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN.
  • the MPTCP functional entity can also create other sub-TCP connections in the established MPTCP connection between the multi-mode UE and the MPTCP functional entity in a similar manner.
  • the multimode UE can notify the MPTCP function entity of its own IP address through the path management function of MPTCP to establish a new sub-TCP connection.
  • the IP host may convert the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and send the TCP data stream by using the foregoing TCP connection.
  • the MPTCP function entity disposed on the SGi converts the data layer into application layer data through a TCP layer, and offloads the application layer data into two MPTCP sub-data streams through the MPTCP sublayer, and passes the A PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN and a sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection send an MPTCP sub-data stream.
  • the MPTCP functional entity disposed on the SGi sends another MPTCP sub-data stream through a PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection.
  • the multimode UE combines the MPTCP substream sent through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN and the MPTCP substream sent through the PDN connection of the UTRAN into application layer data, and uploads it to the application layer.
  • the multimode UE may offload the application layer data, and send an MPTCP sub-data stream through a sub-TCP connection in the MPTCP connection corresponding to the UTRAN.
  • the multimode UE may send another MPTCP sub-data stream through another sub-TCP connection in the MPTCP connection corresponding to the EUTRAN.
  • the MPTCP function entity merges the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the MPTCP connection corresponding to the EUTRAN and the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the MPTCP connection corresponding to the UTRAN into application layer data. Further, the MPTCP functional entity converts the application layer data into TCP The data stream is sent to the IP host through the TCP connection. It should be understood that the multi-mode UE and the MPTCP functional entity of the embodiment of the present invention may also establish an initial sub-TCP connection through the EUTRAN, and then establish a new sub-TCP connection through the UTRAN.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 900 provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication device 900 includes a setup module 910 and a forwarding module 920.
  • the establishing module 910 establishes an MPTCP connection with a UE having multiple Internet Protocol IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, and establishes a second TCP connection with the IP host, where the MPTCP connection includes multiples corresponding to the multiple IP addresses.
  • the forwarding module 920 forwards data between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may establish an MPTCP connection with a UE having multiple IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, and forward the data stream between the MPTCP connection and the second TCP connection, thereby It is possible to realize that the UE simultaneously uses multiple IP addresses to perform data transmission with another IP host.
  • the establishing module 910 establishes the multiple first sub-TCP connections with the UE via the multiple radio access networks, based on the multiple PDN connections of the UE, where the multiple first sub-TCP connections are The plurality of PDN connections described above correspond.
  • the establishing module 910 further establishes the multiple PDN connections with the UE according to the multiple subscription data of the UE, and allocate, to the UE, the multiple IPs corresponding to the multiple PDN connections.
  • the IP address, the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contracting server HSS and obtained by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
  • the foregoing multiple IP addresses are based on the at least one PGW.
  • the access network, the plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW, and the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full-name domain name FQDN, and the plurality of subscription data are stored in the HSS and
  • the core network mobility management entity node is obtained from the HSS.
  • the forwarding module 920 respectively receives a plurality of first data streams sent by the UE from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, merges the plurality of first data streams into a second data stream, and passes the The second TCP connection sends the second data stream to the IP host, where the plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, and the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and TCP target
  • the port number, the source address of the second data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
  • the forwarding module 920 receives the third data stream from the second TCP connection, and divides the third data stream into multiple fourth data streams corresponding to the multiple first sub-TCP connections, and Transmitting the plurality of fourth data streams to the UE by using the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, wherein the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port number, and the plurality of The fourth data stream has different target IP addresses and corresponds to multiple IP addresses of the user equipment, and the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
  • the forwarding module 920 divides the third data stream into the multiple fourth data streams according to the transmission rate of the multiple first sub-TCP connections, so that the first sub-TCP with a larger transmission rate is configured.
  • the fourth data stream corresponding to the connection has a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the transmission rates of the plurality of radio access networks.
  • the establishing module 910 receives a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection from the UE, and establishes the MPTCP connection with the UE via the multiple radio access networks according to the first request, where the first The target address of the request is an IP address of the IP host, and the source address of the first request is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing the first radio access network;
  • the IP host sends a second request for establishing the TCP connection to establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, where the source address of the second request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses the first radio access network.
  • the target address of the second request is an IP address of the IP host, and the first radio access network is a radio access network with the largest coverage in the plurality of radio access networks.
  • the establishing module 910 receives, from the user equipment, a first request for establishing the multipath TCP connection, where the target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and the first request is The source address is an IP address allocated by the user equipment when accessing from the first radio access network; forwarding the first request to the IP host and establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host according to the response of the IP host to the first request And establishing, according to the first request, the multipath TCP connection with the user equipment by using the multiple radio access networks, where the first radio access network is the radio access network with the largest coverage among the plurality of radio access networks.
  • the establishing module 910 receives a third request for establishing the TCP connection from the IP host, and establishes a second TCP connection with the IP host according to the third request, where the third request is The target address is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing from the first radio access network, and the source address of the third request is an IP address of the IP host; the establishing module 910 sends a message for establishing the MPTCP connection to the UE.
  • the request is to establish the MPTCP connection with the UE, where the source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and the target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing the first radio access network. address.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 1000 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE 1000 includes a setup module 1010 and a transport module 1020.
  • the setup module 1010 establishes an MPTCP connection with the first communication device via a plurality of radio access networks, wherein the MPTCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses of the UE.
  • the transmission module 1020 is connected to the UE by the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection Data is transmitted between the IP hosts, and the second TCP connection is established by the first communication device with the IP host, and the data is forwarded by the first communication device between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may establish an MPTCP connection corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the UE via a plurality of radio access networks and a communication device supporting the MPTCP function, and establish a second TCP connection with the IP host through the communication device, and The data stream is forwarded between the MPTCP connection and the second TCP connection, so that the UE can simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
  • the establishing module 1010 establishes the multiple first sub-TCP connections with the PGW via the multiple radio access networks based on the multiple PDN connections, where the multiple first sub-TCP connections and the multiple PDN connection corresponds
  • the first communications device is a PGW
  • the establishing module 1010 further establishes, by using the multiple subscription data of the UE, multiple PDN connections, where the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection are The address is allocated by the PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, wherein the plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and the same PGW, the PGW The identifier is the IP address of the PGW, and the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contract server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
  • the establishing module 1010 further establishes, by using the plurality of subscription data of the UE, a plurality of PDN connections, where the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection are allocated by the PGW.
  • the transmission module 1020 divides the data into a plurality of first data streams corresponding to the plurality of first child TCP connections, and connects to the first plurality of first child TCP connections. Transmitting, by the communication device, the plurality of first data streams, so that the first communications device merges the plurality of first data streams into the second data stream and sends the second data stream to the IP host by using the second TCP connection, where
  • the plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and a TCP target port number, and the source address of the second data stream is the plurality of IP addresses.
  • the transmission module 1020 further divides the data into the plurality of first data streams according to a transmission rate of the multiple first sub-TCP connections, so that the first TCP connection with a large transmission rate is The corresponding first data stream has a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the transmission rates of the plurality of radio access networks.
  • the transmission module 1020 receives a plurality of fourth TCP data streams from the plurality of first child TCP connections, where the third data stream received by the first communication device from the second TCP connection is received. Dividing into the plurality of fourth TCP data streams; the transmitting module 1020 merges the plurality of fourth TCP data streams into the data, wherein the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port.
  • the plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses and correspond to the plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, and the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
  • the establishing module 1010 sends a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection to the first communication device to establish the MPTCP connection with the first communication device via the plurality of radio access networks, wherein the first request
  • the target address is the IP address of the IP host
  • the source address of the first request is the IP address allocated when the UE accesses from the first radio access network.
  • the establishing module 1010 receives a fourth request for establishing the MPTCP connection from the first communications device, and establishes with the first communications device by using the multiple radio access networks according to the fourth request.
  • An MPTCP connection where a source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and a target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses the first radio access network.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1100 provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication device 1100 includes a storage module 1110 and a transmission module 1120.
  • the storage module 1110 stores a plurality of subscription data of the UE.
  • the sending module 1120 provides the foregoing multiple subscription data to the core network mobility management entity node when the UE accesses multiple radio access networks, so that the core network mobility management entity node establishes the UE and the at least based on the multiple subscription data.
  • the plurality of PDN connections are used by the UE to establish an MPTCP connection corresponding to a plurality of IP addresses of the UE, where the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW, the plurality of The subscription data corresponds to a plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponds to the plurality of radio access networks, and the plurality of subscription data includes identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
  • the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full name i or the name FQDNo
  • the embodiment of the present invention may be used by the HSS to store multiple subscription data of the UE, so as to establish multiple PDN connections between the UE and the at least one PGW based on the multiple subscription data, and use the UE to establish an MPTCP corresponding to multiple IP addresses. connection. Since the identifiers of the PGWs in the plurality of subscription data are the same IP address or the same FQDN, it is ensured that the IP data packets transmitted through the multiple PDN connections may pass through the MPTCP function entity on the PGW or on the network device connected to the PGW.
  • the MPTCP functional entity enables the UE to simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
  • An embodiment in accordance with the present invention includes a communication system including the communication device 900 of FIG. 9, the user device 1100 of FIG. 10, and the communication device 1100 of FIG.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • the components displayed by the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Abstract

Disclosed are a communication method, a communication apparatus and a user equipment (UE). The method comprises: establishing a multi-path TCP connection through a plurality of radio access networks with a UE having a plurality of IP addresses, and establishing a second TCP connection with an IP host (210), the multi-path TCP connection comprising a plurality of first sub TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses; forwarding data between the plurality of first sub TCP connections and the second TCP connection (220). Embodiments of the present invention may establish a multi-path TCP connection with a UE having a plurality of IP addresses through a plurality of radio access networks, establish a second TCP connection with an IP host, and forward data between the multi-path TCP connection and the second TCP connection, enabling a UE to perform data transmissions with another IP host by simultaneously using a plurality of radio access networks and a plurality of IP addresses.

Description

通信方法、 通信 i殳备和用户 i殳备  Communication method, communication, equipment and user
本申请要求于 2012 年 3 月 7 日提交中国专利局、 申请号为 This application is submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on March 7, 2012, and the application number is
201210058055.9、 发明名称为"通信方法、 通信设备和用户设备"的中国专利申 请的优先权, 其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。 技术领域 The priority of the Chinese patent application is hereby incorporated by reference. Technical field
本发明涉及无线通信领域,特别涉及一种通信方法、通信设备和用户设备。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a communication method, a communication device, and a user equipment. Background technique
在移动通信演进分组系统 ( Evolved Packet System, EPS ) 中, 终端 可通过各种第三代合作伙伴计戈1 j ( 3rd Generation Partnership Project , 3GPP )无线接入网接入到演进分组核心 ( Evolved Packet Core , EPC ) 网 络中, 通过服务网关 ( Serving Gateway, S-GW ) 连接到分组数据网网关 ( Packet Data Network Gateway , PGW ) , 并通过该 PGW与外部分组数 据网 ( Packet Data Network, PDN ) 连接的 SGi接口与外部的 PDN进行 通信。 该 3GPP 无线接入网包括通用陆地无线接入网络 ( Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network , UTRAN ) 、 全球移动通讯系统 ( Global System of Mobile communication , GSM ) 增强型数据速率 GSM 演进 ( Enhanced Data rate for GSM Evolution , EDGE ) 无线接入系统 ( GSM EDGE Radio Access Network, GERAN ) 、 和演进通用陆地无线接入网络 ( Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network , EUTRAN ) 。 In the mobile communication system evolved packet (Evolved Packet System, EPS), the terminal may access the radio access network to an evolved packet core (Evolved Packet various Third Generation Partnership Ge 1 j (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) Core, EPC) network, connected to the Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW) through the Serving Gateway (S-GW), and connected to the external Packet Data Network (PDN) through the PGW. The SGi interface communicates with an external PDN. The 3GPP radio access network includes a Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) and a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) Enhanced Data Rate for GSM Evolution (Enhanced Data Rate for GSM Evolution, EDGE) GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN), and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN).
虽然 3 GPP规范定义了用户设备( User Equipment , UE )可以通过各 种 3GPP无线接入网接入到 EPC 网络中, 但是只有一个国际移动用户标 识 ( International Mobile Subscriber Identity , IMSI ) 的 UE不能同时接入 到两个或两个以上的 3GPP无线接入网。 如果一个 UE有两个 IMSI, 并 且同时支持两个不同的 3GPP无线接入网,则该 UE可以使用不同的 IMSI 接入到不同的 3GPP无线接入网中, 但是此时分配给 UE两个 IP地址, 相当于将原来两个物理上分离的 UE合并为一个 UE。下文为了描述方便, 将具有两个或多个 IMSI并能够同时在两个或多个不同的 3GPP无线接入 网传输数据的 UE称为多模 UE。 Although the 3GPP GPP defines that User Equipment (UE) can access the EPC network through various 3GPP radio access networks, only one UE of the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) cannot be connected at the same time. Enter two or more 3GPP radio access networks. If a UE has two IMSIs and supports two different 3GPP radio access networks at the same time, the UE can use different IMSIs. Accessing to different 3GPP radio access networks, but assigning two IP addresses to the UE at this time is equivalent to merging the two physically separated UEs into one UE. For convenience of description, a UE having two or more IMSIs and capable of simultaneously transmitting data in two or more different 3GPP radio access networks is referred to as a multimode UE.
然而, 该多模 UE不能同时使用两个或多个 IP地址与另一个 IP主机 进行同一个 TCP数据流的数据传输。在该多模 UE与 IP主机进行通信时, 根据目前的传输控制协议 ( Transport Control Protocol , TCP ) , 为了保持 IP会话的连续性, 要求在通信的过程中通信双方必须使用一个 IP地址, 并且这个 IP地址在通信过程中不能发生改变, 因此, 无法实现 UE同时 使用两个或多个 IP地址与另一个 IP主机进行同一个 TCP数据流的数据 传输。 发明内容  However, the multimode UE cannot simultaneously use two or more IP addresses to perform data transmission of the same TCP data stream with another IP host. When the multimode UE communicates with the IP host, according to the current Transport Control Protocol (TCP), in order to maintain the continuity of the IP session, it is required that the communication parties must use an IP address in the process of communication, and this The IP address cannot be changed during the communication process. Therefore, it is impossible to implement the data transmission of the same TCP data stream by the UE using two or more IP addresses simultaneously with another IP host. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种通信方法、 通信设备和用户设备, 能够实现 UE同 时使用两个或多个 IP地址与另一个 IP主机进行同一个 TCP数据流的数据传 输。  The embodiment of the invention provides a communication method, a communication device and a user equipment, which can implement data transmission of the same TCP data stream by the UE simultaneously using two or more IP addresses and another IP host.
一方面, 提供了一种通信方法, 包括: 经由多个无线接入网与具有多个互 联网协议 IP地址的用户设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连接,并且与 IP主机 建立第二 TCP连接,其中该多径 TCP连接包括与上述多个 IP地址相对应的多 个第一子 TCP连接;在上述多个第一子 TCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发数 据。  In one aspect, a communication method is provided, including: establishing a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple Internet Protocol IP addresses via a plurality of radio access networks, and establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host, wherein The multipath TCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses, and data is forwarded between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
另一方面, 提供了一种通信方法, 包括: 用户设备经由多个无线接入网与 第一通信设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连接, 其中该多径 TCP连接包括与 该用户设备的多个 IP地址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连接; 该用户设备通过上 述多个第一子 TCP连接和第二 TCP连接在该用户设备与 IP主机之间传输数 据, 第二 TCP连接由第一通信设备与该 IP主机建立, 该数据由第一通信设备 在上述多个第一子 TCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发。 In another aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a user equipment establishing a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a first communication device via a plurality of radio access networks, wherein the multipath TCP connection includes multiple a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the IP address; the number of transmissions between the user equipment and the IP host by the user equipment by using the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection According to the second TCP connection, the first communication device is established with the IP host, and the data is forwarded by the first communication device between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
另一方面, 提供了一种通信方法, 包括: HSS存储该用户设备的多个签约 数据; 该 HSS在该用户设备接入多个无线接入网时向核心网移动性管理实体 节点提供上述多个签约数据,以便该核心网移动性管理实体节点基于上述多个 签约数据建立该用户设备与至少一个 PGW之间的多个 PDN连接, 其中上述 多个 PDN连接用于该用户设备建立与该用户设备的多个 IP地址相对应的多径 TCP连接, 上述多个 IP地址由上述至少一个 PGW分配, 上述多个签约数据 对应于该用户设备的多个 IMSI并且对应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签 约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW的标识。  In another aspect, a communication method is provided, including: the HSS storing a plurality of subscription data of the user equipment; the HSS providing the foregoing to the core network mobility management entity node when the user equipment accesses multiple radio access networks Signing data, so that the core network mobility management entity node establishes multiple PDN connections between the user equipment and the at least one PGW based on the multiple subscription data, where the multiple PDN connections are used for establishing the user equipment with the user. a multipath TCP connection corresponding to a plurality of IP addresses of the device, wherein the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks The plurality of subscription data includes the identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
另一方面, 提供了一种通信设备, 包括: 建立模块, 用于经由多个无线接 入网与具有多个互联网协议 IP地址的用户设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连 接,并且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接,其中该多径 TCP连接包括与上述多个 IP地址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连接;转发模块,用于在上述多个第一子 TCP 连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发数据。  In another aspect, a communication device is provided, including: an establishing module, configured to establish a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple Internet Protocol IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, and establish an IP connection with an IP host a second TCP connection, wherein the multipath TCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses, and a forwarding module, configured to be between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection Forward data.
另一方面, 提供了一种用户设备, 包括: 建立模块, 用于经由多个无线接 入网与第一通信设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连接, 其中该多径 TCP连接 包括与该用户设备的多个 IP地址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连接; 传输模块, 用于通过上述多个第一子 TCP连接和第二 TCP连接在该用户设备与 IP主机之 间传输数据, 第二 TCP连接由第一通信设备与该 IP主机建立, 该数据由第一 通信设备在上述多个第一子 TCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发。  In another aspect, a user equipment is provided, including: an establishing module, configured to establish a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a first communication device via multiple radio access networks, where the multipath TCP connection includes the user equipment a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses; a transmission module, configured to transmit data between the user equipment and the IP host by using the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection, the second TCP The connection is established by the first communication device with the IP host, the data being forwarded by the first communication device between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
另一方面, 提供了一种通信设备, 包括: 存储模块, 用于存储该用户设备 的多个签约数据; 发送模块, 用于在该用户设备接入多个无线接入网时向核心 网移动性管理实体节点发送上述多个签约数据,以便该核心网移动性管理实体 节点基于上述多个签约数据建立该用户设备与至少一个 PGW之间的多个 PDN 连接,其中上述多个 PDN连接用于该用户设备建立与该用户设备的多个 IP地 址相对应的多径 TCP连接, 上述多个 IP地址由上述至少一个 PGW分配, 上 述多个签约数据对应于该用户设备的多个 IMSI并且对应于上述多个无线接入 网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW的标识。 In another aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a storage module, configured to store multiple subscription data of the user equipment; and a sending module, configured to move to the core network when the user equipment accesses multiple radio access networks The plurality of subscription data is sent by the physical management entity node, so that the core network mobility management entity node establishes multiple PDNs between the user equipment and the at least one PGW based on the multiple subscription data. a connection, wherein the plurality of PDN connections are used by the user equipment to establish a multipath TCP connection corresponding to a plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, wherein the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW, and the plurality of subscription data corresponds to The plurality of IMSIs of the user equipment correspond to the plurality of radio access networks, and the plurality of subscription data includes identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
本发明实施例可以经由多个无线接入网与具有多个 IP地址的用户设备建 立多径 TCP连接, 与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 并且在该多径 TCP连接与 第二 TCP连接之间转发数据, 从而能够实现 UE同时使用多个 IP地址与另一 个 IP主机进行数据传输。 附图说明  The embodiment of the present invention may establish a multipath TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, and between the multipath TCP connection and the second TCP connection. Forwarding data enables the UE to simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术 描述中所需要使用的附图作筒单地介绍,显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅 是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动 的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the embodiments or the description of the prior art will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only the present invention. For some embodiments, other drawings may be obtained from those skilled in the art without any inventive effort.
图 1A和 1B是才艮据本发明的实施例的通信系统的示意性架构图。  1A and 1B are schematic architectural diagrams of a communication system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图 1C是根据本发明的实施例的 MPTCP的分层结构。  Figure 1C is a hierarchical structure of MPTCP in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图 2是本发明一个实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。  FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 3是本发明另一个实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。  FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
图 4是本发明又一个实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。  FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
图 5是根据本发明的一个实施例提供的通信过程的示意性流程图。  FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication process provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图 6是根据本发明的另一实施例提供的通信过程的示意性流程图。  FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication process according to another embodiment of the present invention.
图 Ί是根据本发明的另一实施例提供的通信过程的示意性流程图。  Figure Ί is a schematic flow chart of a communication process provided in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
图 8是根据本发明的又一实施例提供的通信过程的示意性流程图。  FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication process according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
图 9是根据本发明的实施例提供的通信设备的结构性示意图。  9 is a structural schematic diagram of a communication device provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图 10是根据本发明的实施例提供的用户设备的结构性示意图。 图 11是根据本发明的实施例提供的通信设备的结构性示意图。 具体实施方式 FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清 楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部 的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳 动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
应理解,本发明的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如: GSM ( Global System of Mobile communication,全球移动通讯 )系统、 CDMA ( Code Division Multiple Access , 码分多址)及其演进与增强系列系统、 WCDM A ( Wideband Code Division Multiple Access ,宽带码分多址)系统、 TD-SCDMA(Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access , 时分同步带码分多址)系统、 GPRS ( General Packet Radio Service , 通用分组无线业务) 、 LTE ( Long Term Evolution, 长期演进) 系统、 LTE- A ( Advanced long term evolution, 先进的长 期演进) 系统、 UMTS ( Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, 通用移 动通信系统)等, 本发明实施例并不限定, 但为描述方便, 本发明实施例将以 LTE网络为例进行说明。  It should be understood that the technical solution of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as: GSM (Global System of Mobile communication) system, CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access), and its evolution and enhancement series. System, WCDM A (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access) system, TD-SCDMA (Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access) system, GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) In the present invention, the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, the LTE-A (Advanced Long Term Evolution) system, the UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System), and the like It is not limited, but for convenience of description, the embodiment of the present invention will be described by taking an LTE network as an example.
本发明实施例可以用于不同的制式的无线网络。无线接入网络在不同的系 统中可包括不同的网元。例如, LTE和 LTE-A中无线接入网络的网元包括 eNB ( eNodeB , 演进型基站 ) , WCDMA中无线接入网络的网元包括 RNC ( Radio Network Controller, 无线网络控制器)和 NodeB , 类似地, WiMax ( Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access , 全球 波互联接入 )等其它无线网络也 可以使用与本发明实施例类似的方案,只是基站系统中的相关模块可能有所不 同, 本发明实施例并不限定。  Embodiments of the present invention can be used in wireless networks of different standards. A wireless access network may include different network elements in different systems. For example, the network elements of the radio access network in the LTE and the LTE-A include an eNB (eNodeB, an evolved base station), and the network elements of the radio access network in the WCDMA include an RNC (Radio Network Controller) and a NodeB, similar to Other wireless networks, such as WiMax (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access), may also use a solution similar to the embodiment of the present invention, but the related modules in the base station system may be different, and the embodiment of the present invention does not limited.
还应理解, 在本发明实施例中, 用户设备( UE, User Equipment ) 包括但 不限于移动台 (MS, Mobile Station ) 、 移动终端 (Mobile Terminal ) 、 移动 电话 ( Mobile Telephone ) 、 手机 ( handset )及便携设备 ( portable equipment ) 等, 该用户设备可以经无线接入网 (RAN, Radio Access Network )与一个或 多个核心网进行通信,例如,用户设备可以是移动电话(或称为 "蜂窝,,电话)、 具有无线通信功能的计算机等, 用户设备还可以是便携式、 袖珍式、 手持式、 计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。 It should also be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment (UE, User Equipment) includes but It is not limited to a mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), a mobile telephone (Mobile Telephone), a mobile phone (handset), and a portable device, etc., and the user equipment can pass through a radio access network (RAN, Radio Access Network) communicates with one or more core networks. For example, the user equipment can be a mobile phone (or "cellular, telephone"), a computer with wireless communication function, etc., and the user equipment can also be portable, pocket-sized. , handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices.
在长期演进 ( Long Term Evolution , LTE ) 网络的初始部署阶段, 由于 LTE的网络覆盖只是覆盖热点区域而不是连续覆盖,因此现在有些无线运营商 要求多模 UE可以同时通过 UTRAN和 EUTRAN接入到 EPC中。 在这种情况 下, 当多模 UE位于 LTE网络的覆盖区域中时, 该多模 UE可以通过 UTRAN 和 EUTRAN两种无线接入网同时通信, 使得该多模 UE的访问网络的数据速 率大大地增加。 而当 UE移出 LTE网络的覆盖区域后, 多模 UE还能通过接入 UTRAN保持其原来的 IP数据连接与传输。对于多模 UE而言, 通过这种方法 可以使得多模 UE在 LTE的初始部署阶段就可以体验到 LTE的高速率, 增加 用户的粘性。 对于无线运营商而言, 通过这种方法可以提高用户的入网率, 增 力口收益。  In the initial deployment phase of Long Term Evolution (LTE) networks, since LTE network coverage only covers hotspots rather than continuous coverage, some wireless carriers now require multimode UEs to simultaneously access EPC through UTRAN and EUTRAN. in. In this case, when the multimode UE is located in the coverage area of the LTE network, the multimode UE can simultaneously communicate through two radio access networks, UTRAN and EUTRAN, so that the data rate of the access network of the multimode UE is greatly increased. increase. When the UE moves out of the coverage area of the LTE network, the multimode UE can maintain its original IP data connection and transmission by accessing the UTRAN. For multi-mode UEs, this method can enable multi-mode UEs to experience the high rate of LTE in the initial deployment phase of LTE, increasing user stickiness. For wireless operators, this method can increase the user's network access rate and gains.
在上述方法中, 由于该多模 UE是利用两个 IP地址分别通过 UTRAN和 EUTRAN传输数据, 因此需要保证与该多模 UE通信的该 IP主机也支持通过 两个 IP地址与该多模 UE同时进行通信。 例如, 多路径传输控制协议(以下 也称为多径 TCP, MultiPath Transport Control Protocol, MPTCP )是一种实现 使一个具有 MPTCP能力的主机与另一个具有 MPTCP能力的主机通过多条 IP 路径来进行 TCP数据通信的技术。 当该多模 UE使用 MPTCP与该 IP主机进 行通信时, 需要保证该 IP主机也支持 MPTCP。 但是, 现实当中很难做到使所 有 IP主机都升级为支持 MPTCP的主机, 因此, 上述方法并不能实现 UE同时 使用两个 IP地址与另一不支持 MPTCP功能的 IP主机进行同一个 TCP数据流 的数据传输。 In the above method, since the multimode UE uses two IP addresses to transmit data through the UTRAN and the EUTRAN, respectively, it is required to ensure that the IP host communicating with the multimode UE also supports the simultaneous use of the two IP addresses with the multimode UE. Communicate. For example, the Multipath Transport Control Protocol (hereinafter also referred to as MultiPath Transport Control Protocol, MPTCP) is an implementation that enables an MPTP-capable host and another MPTCP-capable host to perform TCP over multiple IP paths. The technology of data communication. When the multimode UE communicates with the IP host using MPTCP, it is necessary to ensure that the IP host also supports MPTCP. However, in reality, it is difficult to upgrade all IP hosts to hosts that support MPTCP. Therefore, the above method cannot implement the same TCP data flow for the UE using two IP addresses simultaneously with another IP host that does not support MPTCP. Data transfer.
图 1A和图 1B是才艮据本发明的实施例的通信系统 100的示意性架构图。 通信系统 100包括 UE 110、 EUTRAN 120、服务网关( Serving Gateway, SGW ) 130、分组数据网网关( PDN Gateway, PGW ) 140、 UTRAN 150、 GERAN 160、 服务 GPRS支持节点 ( Servicing GPRS Support Node, SGSN ) 165、 移动性管 理实体(Mobility Management Entity, MME ) 170、 家乡签约服务器 (Home Subscriber Server, HSS ) 180和 IP主机 190。 在本实施例中, 以无线接入网 UTRAN150和 EUTRAN 120为例来说明, 根据本发明的实施例并不限于此, 例如, 无线接入网也可以是 GERAN 160或其它类型的无线接入网。  1A and 1B are schematic architectural diagrams of a communication system 100 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The communication system 100 includes a UE 110, an EUTRAN 120, a Serving Gateway (SGW) 130, a Packet Data Network Gateway (PDN Gateway, PGW) 140, a UTRAN 150, a GERAN 160, and a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN). 165. Mobility Management Entity (MME) 170, Home Subscriber Server (HSS) 180, and IP host 190. In this embodiment, the radio access network UTRAN 150 and the EUTRAN 120 are taken as an example for description. The embodiment according to the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the radio access network may also be a GERAN 160 or other type of radio access network. .
UE 110为多模 UE,可以通过无线接入 UTRAN连接到 SGW 130,并且通 过 EUTRAN 120连接到 SGW 130。SGW 130可以通过 IP路由连接到 PGW 140, PGW 140可以通过 IP路由连接到 IP主机 190。 EUTRAN 120可以连接到 MME 170, UTRAN 150可以连接到 SGSN 165 , SGSN165可以连接到 HSS 180, MME 170可以连接到 HSS 180。  UE 110 is a multi-mode UE that can be connected to SGW 130 via a radio access UTRAN and to SGW 130 via EUTRAN 120. The SGW 130 can be connected to the PGW 140 via IP routing, and the PGW 140 can be connected to the IP host 190 via IP routing. The EUTRAN 120 can be connected to the MME 170, the UTRAN 150 can be connected to the SGSN 165, the SGSN 165 can be connected to the HSS 180, and the MME 170 can be connected to the HSS 180.
根据本发明的实施例的多模 UE 110支持 MPTCP功能, IP主机不支持 The multimode UE 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention supports the MPTCP function, which is not supported by the IP host.
MPTCP功能, 并且通过在通信系统 100的网络节点上布置 MPTCP功能实体 来实现多模 UE 110与 IP主机 190之间的数据通信。 该 MPTCP功能实体 145 也可以称为 MPTCP代理(Proxy )。 例如, MPTCP功能实体可以布置在 PGW 140上(参见图 1A ) ,或者布置在 PGW 140外的接口 SGi上,或者布置在 PGW 140外的路由器或交换机上(参见图 1B )。 其中在图 1B中, PGW 140可以为 至少一个。 The MPTCP function, and data communication between the multimode UE 110 and the IP host 190 is achieved by arranging MPTCP functional entities on the network nodes of the communication system 100. The MPTCP functional entity 145 may also be referred to as an MPTCP proxy (Proxy). For example, the MPTCP functional entity may be arranged on the PGW 140 (see Fig. 1A), or on the interface SGi outside the PGW 140, or on a router or switch outside the PGW 140 (see Fig. 1B). In Fig. 1B, the PGW 140 may be at least one.
图 1C是根据本发明的实施例的 MPTCP的分层结构。  Figure 1C is a hierarchical structure of MPTCP in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
与常规 TCP的分层结构不同的是, 在图 1C的实施例中, MPTCP的分层 结构的传输层包括支持多径传输的 MPTCP子层和多个 TCP子层(例如, 2个 TCP子层) 。 MPTCP子层对需要传输的应用层数据进行分流, 以在不同的子 数据流上传输数据, 每个子数据流对应于一个 TCP子层。 MPTCP子层还用于 将多个 TCP子层上传的子数据流合并成应用层数据。 Different from the hierarchical structure of conventional TCP, in the embodiment of FIG. 1C, the transport layer of the hierarchical structure of MPTCP includes an MPTCP sublayer supporting multiple path transmission and multiple TCP sublayers (for example, two TCP sublayers) ). The MPTCP sublayer splits the application layer data that needs to be transmitted to different sub-portions. Data is transmitted on the data stream, and each sub-stream corresponds to a TCP sublayer. The MPTCP sublayer is also used to merge sub-data streams uploaded by multiple TCP sublayers into application layer data.
特别地, MPTCP功能实体的传输层可以包括 MPTCP子层和 TCP子层, 用于与多模 UE建立 MPTCP连接, 以便通过 MPTCP连接进行多模 UE与 MPTCP功能实体之间的数据传输, 该 MPTCP功能实体还可以包括 TCP层, 用于与 IP主机的 TCP层建立 TCP连接, 以便通过 TCP连接进行 MPTCP功 能实体与 IP主机之间的数据传输。 本实施例以 UE具有两个 IP地址(例如, IP-1和 IP-2 )且 IP主机具有一个 IP地址(例如, IP-D )为例进行说明, 根据 本发明的实施例并不限于此, 例如, UE可以具有多个 IP地址。  In particular, the transport layer of the MPTCP functional entity may include an MPTCP sublayer and a TCP sublayer for establishing an MPTCP connection with the multimode UE for data transmission between the multimode UE and the MPTCP functional entity through the MPTCP connection, the MPTCP function The entity may further include a TCP layer for establishing a TCP connection with the TCP layer of the IP host to perform data transmission between the MPTCP functional entity and the IP host through the TCP connection. This embodiment is described by taking an example that the UE has two IP addresses (for example, IP-1 and IP-2) and the IP host has an IP address (for example, IP-D), and the embodiment according to the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, a UE may have multiple IP addresses.
MPTCP功能实体可以以 IP主机的 IP地址 IP-D作为其 IP地址与多模 UE 建立 MPTCP连接, 该 MPTCP连接包括两条 TCP连接, 分别对应于多模 UE 的两个 IP地址 IP- 1和 IP-2。 该 MPTCP功能实体可以以多模 UE的两个 IP地 址之一(例如, IP-1 )作为其 IP地址与 IP主机建立 TCP连接。  The MPTCP function entity can establish an MPTCP connection with the multimode UE by using the IP address IP-D of the IP host as its IP address, and the MPTCP connection includes two TCP connections corresponding to the IP addresses 1 and IP of the multimode UE respectively. -2. The MPTCP functional entity may establish a TCP connection with the IP host with one of the two IP addresses of the multimode UE (e.g., IP-1) as its IP address.
在多模 UE向 IP主机发送数据时, 多模 UE通过 MPTCP子层将应用层数 据分流为两个子数据流,并且通过多模 UE的 TCP子层 -1与 MPTCP功能实体 的 TCP子层 -1之间的 TCP连接以及 UE的 TCP子层 -2与 MPTCP功能实体的 TCP子层 -2之间的 TCP连接传输上述两个子数据流。 MPTCP功能实体通过 MPTCP子层从 TCP子层 -1和 TCP子层 -2接收到上述两个子数据流, 并且将 上述两个子数据流合并成应用层数据。 其后, MPTCP 功能实体通过 MPTCP 功能实体的 TCP层将上述应用层数据转换为 TCP数据流, 通过 MPTCP功能 实体的 TCP层与 IP主机的 TCP层之间的 TCP连接传输上述 TCP数据流, 并 且由 IP主机的 TCP层将上述 TCP数据流转换为应用层数据。  When the multi-mode UE sends data to the IP host, the multi-mode UE offloads the application layer data into two sub-data streams through the MPTCP sub-layer, and passes the TCP sub-layer-1 of the multi-mode UE and the TCP sub-layer-1 of the MPTCP functional entity. The TCP connection between the TCP connection and the TCP sublayer-2 of the UE and the TCP sublayer-2 of the MPTCP functional entity transmits the above two substreams. The MPTCP functional entity receives the above two sub-data streams from the TCP sub-layer-1 and the TCP sub-layer-2 through the MPTCP sublayer, and merges the above two sub-data streams into application layer data. Thereafter, the MPTCP functional entity converts the application layer data into a TCP data stream through a TCP layer of the MPTCP functional entity, and transmits the TCP data stream through a TCP connection between the TCP layer of the MPTCP functional entity and the TCP layer of the IP host, and The TCP layer of the IP host converts the above TCP data stream into application layer data.
在 IP主机向多模 UE发送数据时, IP主机通过 TCP层将应用层数据转换 为 TCP数据流, 通过 IP主机的 TCP层与 MPTCP功能实体的 TCP层之间的 TCP连接传输上述 TCP数据流,并且由 MPTCP功能实体的 TCP层将上述 TCP 数据流转换为应用层数据。 其后, MPTCP功能实体的 MPTCP子层将上述应 用层数据分流成两个子数据流, 分别通过 MPTCP功能实体的 TCP子层 -1与 多模 UE的 TCP子层 -1之间的 TCP连接以及 MPTCP功能实体的 TCP子层 -2 与 UE的 TCP子层 -2之间的 TCP连接传输上述两个子数据流, 并且由 UE的 MPTCP子层将上述两个子数据流合并成应用层数据。 When the IP host sends data to the multimode UE, the IP host converts the application layer data into a TCP data stream through the TCP layer, and transmits the TCP data stream through a TCP connection between the TCP layer of the IP host and the TCP layer of the MPTCP functional entity. And the above TCP is implemented by the TCP layer of the MPTCP functional entity. The data stream is converted to application layer data. Thereafter, the MPTCP sublayer of the MPTCP functional entity splits the application layer data into two sub-data streams, respectively, through a TCP connection between the TCP sub-layer-1 of the MPTCP functional entity and the TCP sub-layer-1 of the multi-mode UE, and MPTCP. The TCP connection between the TCP sublayer-2 of the functional entity and the TCP sublayer-2 of the UE transmits the above two substreams, and the above two substreams are merged into application layer data by the MPTCP sublayer of the UE.
图 2是本发明一个实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图,图 2的方 法由包含上述 MPTCP功能实体的通信设备来执行。图 2的方法包括如下内容。  FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method of FIG. 2 is performed by a communication device including the foregoing MPTCP functional entity. The method of Figure 2 includes the following.
210, 经由多个无线接入网与具有多个 IP地址的 UE建立 MPTCP连接, 并且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接,其中该 MPTCP连接包括与上述多个 IP地 址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连接。  210. Establish an MPTCP connection with a UE having multiple IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, and establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, where the MPTCP connection includes multiple first sub-subjects corresponding to the multiple IP addresses. TCP connection.
例如, 上述多个无线接入网可以包括 UTRAN、 GERAN和 EUTRAN等中 的至少两个, 上述多个无线接入网与上述多个 IP地址——对应。  For example, the plurality of radio access networks may include at least two of UTRAN, GERAN, and EUTRAN, and the plurality of radio access networks correspond to the plurality of IP addresses.
例如, 该 UE为支持 MPTCP功能(或 MPTCP协议)的多模 UE, 而该 IP 主机不支持 MPTCP功能。 在本实施例的一种实现方式中, 根据本发明实施例 的 MPTCP功能实体可以包含在 PGW中。可选地, MPTCP功能实体也可以包 含在至少一个 PGW之外的接口 SGi上, 或者, 可以布置在 PGW连接到的路 由器或交换机中。 换句话说, 可以是支持 MPTCP功能的 PGW与多模 UE建 立上述 MPTCP连接, 并且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 也可以是位于其它 通信设备上的 MPTCP功能实体通过 PGW与 UE建立 MPTCP连接, 并且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接。  For example, the UE is a multimode UE supporting MPTCP function (or MPTCP protocol), and the IP host does not support MPTCP function. In an implementation of this embodiment, an MPTCP functional entity according to an embodiment of the present invention may be included in a PGW. Alternatively, the MPTCP functional entity may also be included on the interface SGi outside the at least one PGW, or may be arranged in a router or switch to which the PGW is connected. In other words, the PGW supporting the MPTCP function may establish the foregoing MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE, and establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, or the MPTCP function entity located on the other communication device establishes an MPTCP connection with the UE through the PGW. And establish a second TCP connection with the IP host.
220, 在上述多个第一子 TCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发数据。  220. Forward data between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
例如, 可以将通过多个第一子 TCP连接从 UE接收的数据转换(例如, 合成)为通过第二 TCP连接发送的数据, 和 /或, 将通过第二 TCP连接从 IP 主机接收的数据转换(例如, 分流)为通过多个第一子 TCP连接发送的数据。  For example, data received from the UE over a plurality of first sub-TCP connections may be converted (eg, synthesized) into data transmitted over the second TCP connection, and/or data converted from the IP host through the second TCP connection may be converted (For example, offloading) is data transmitted through a plurality of first sub-TCP connections.
本发明实施例可以经由多个无线接入网与具有多个 IP地址的 UE建立 MPTCP连接, 与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 并且在该 MPTCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发数据, 从而能够实现 UE同时使用多个 IP地址与另一个 IP 主机进行数据传输。 Embodiments of the present invention may be established with multiple UEs having multiple IP addresses via multiple radio access networks The MPTCP connection establishes a second TCP connection with the IP host, and forwards data between the MPTCP connection and the second TCP connection, so that the UE can simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
在 210中, 可以基于该 UE的多个 PDN连接, 经由上述多个无线接入网 与该 UE建立上述多个第一子 TCP连接, 其中上述多个第一子 TCP连接与上 述多个 PDN连接相对应。  In 210, the multiple first sub-TCP connections may be established with the UE by using the multiple PDN connections of the UE, where the multiple first sub-TCP connections are connected to the multiple PDNs. Corresponding.
例如, 上述多个 PDN连接可以是至少一个 PGW与该 UE建立的 PDN连 接, 上述多个第一子 TCP连接与上述多个 PDN连接——对应。  For example, the plurality of PDN connections may be that at least one PGW is connected to a PDN established by the UE, and the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are associated with the plurality of PDN connections.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 图 2的方法还包括: 基于该 UE的多个签约数 据与该 UE建立上述多个 PDN连接, 并且为该 UE分配与上述多个 PDN连接 相对应的上述多个 IP地址,上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多个 IMSI并且 对应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称(Access Point Name, APN )和同一 PGW的标识, 该 PGW的标识为 PGW的 IP地址, 上述多个签约数据存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体节 点从家乡签约服务器 HSS获取。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the method of FIG. 2 further includes: establishing, according to the plurality of subscription data of the UE, the foregoing multiple PDN connections, and allocating, to the UE, the foregoing corresponding to the multiple PDN connections. a plurality of IP addresses, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, the plurality of subscription data including the same Access Point Name (APN) and the same PGW The identifier of the PGW is the IP address of the PGW. The plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contracting server HSS and are obtained by the core network mobility management entity node from the home contracting server HSS.
例如, 该多模 UE可以包含对应于多个无线接入网的多个 IMSI。 当该多 模 UE的用户与无线运营商签约了一个 APN时,上述多个 IMSI都需要签约该 APN。 HSS保存着多个 IMSI签约该 APN的多个签约数据。 核心网移动性管 理实体节点 (例如, 与 EUTRAN连接的 MME或与 UTRAN连接的 SGSN ) 可以在该多模 UE接入无线接入网时从该 HSS中获取相应的签约数据。 应当 理解, 该多模 UE的用户还可以签约其他的 APN, 当多模 UE签约其它 APN 时, 多个 IMSI都需要与其它 APN签约。 在上述 MPTCP功能实体布置在上述 PGW上的情况下, 每个 APN所属的多个签约数据中的 PGW标识为该 PGW 的 IP地址, 使得多模 UE使用上述多个 IMSI时, 可以连接到同一个 APN的 同一个 PGW上。 可选地, 作为另一实施例, 上述多个 IP地址由至少一个 PGW在基于该 UE的多个签约数据建立多个 PDN连接时为该 UE分配, 上述多个 IP地址对 应于上述多个 PDN连接,上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多个 IMSI并且对 应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至 少一个 PGW的标识,上述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一个全 称域名 ( Fully Qualified Domain Name , FQDN ) , 上述多个签约数据存储在家 乡签约服务器 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体节点从 HSS获取。 For example, the multi-mode UE may include multiple IMSIs corresponding to multiple radio access networks. When the user of the multi-mode UE subscribes to an APN with the wireless carrier, the multiple IMSIs need to sign the APN. The HSS stores multiple subscription data of multiple IMSI subscriptions to the APN. The core network mobility management entity node (e.g., the MME connected to the EUTRAN or the SGSN connected to the UTRAN) may acquire corresponding subscription data from the HSS when the multimode UE accesses the radio access network. It should be understood that the user of the multi-mode UE can also sign other APNs. When the multi-mode UE subscribes to other APNs, multiple IMSIs need to sign with other APNs. In the case that the foregoing MPTCP function entity is disposed on the PGW, the PGW identifier in the plurality of subscription data to which each APN belongs is the IP address of the PGW, so that when the multi-mode UE uses the multiple IMSIs, the same one can be connected. APN is on the same PGW. Optionally, in another embodiment, the multiple IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW when the multiple PDN connections are established based on the multiple subscription data of the UE, where the multiple IP addresses correspond to the multiple PDNs. The plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, wherein the plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW, and the at least one PGW The identifier is the same IP address or the same Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN), and the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contract server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
例如, 由于属于该 APN的 PGW可能有多个, 上述多个 PGW的 FQDN 是相同的, 而上述多个 PGW的 IP地址是不同的且唯一的。如果多个签约数据 中包括的该 PGW标识为 FQDN, 则有可能使得多个 PDN连接分别建立在不 同的 PGW上。 在上述 MPTCP功能实体布置在上述 PGW之外的 SGi上的情 况下, 可以使用相同的 FQDN作为同一个 APN所属的多个签约数据中包含 PGW的标识,这样,多个 IMSI所建立的到同一个 APN的 PDN连接可以连接 到不同的 PGW上。  For example, since there may be multiple PGWs belonging to the APN, the FQDNs of the multiple PGWs are the same, and the IP addresses of the multiple PGWs are different and unique. If the PGW identifier included in the plurality of subscription data is an FQDN, it is possible to make multiple PDN connections respectively established on different PGWs. In the case that the above MPTCP function entity is disposed on the SGi other than the PGW, the same FQDN may be used as the identifier of the PGW including the plurality of subscription data to which the same APN belongs, so that multiple IMSIs are established to the same one. The APN's PDN connection can be connected to different PGWs.
在 220中, 可以分别从上述多个第一子 TCP连接接收该 UE发送的多个 第一数据流; 将上述多个第一数据流合并成第二数据流, 并通过第二 TCP连 接将第二数据流发送至该 IP主机, 其中上述多个第一数据流具有不同的源 IP 地址, 上述多个第一数据流和第二数据流具有相同的目标 IP地址与 TCP目标 端口号, 第二数据流的源地址为上述多个 IP地址之一。  In 220, a plurality of first data streams sent by the UE may be received from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, respectively, and the plurality of first data streams are merged into a second data stream, and the second TCP connection is used. Transmitting the data stream to the IP host, where the plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, and the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and TCP target port number, and second The source address of the data stream is one of the above multiple IP addresses.
例如,当多模 UE需要向 IP主机发送数据时,该多模 UE可以根据 MPTCP 协议将数据分成多个部分, 并且分别通过多个第一子 TCP连接来发送而形成 多个第一数据流,例如,上述多个第一数据流为 MPTCP协议的子 TCP数据流。 包含 MPTCP功能实体的通信设备 (例如, PGW )将从多个第一子 TCP连接 接收的多个第一数据流进行合并和重新封装,转换为第二数据流, 并通过第二 TCP连接发送至该 IP主机, 例如, 第二数据流为该 IP主机所能够支持和识别 的 TCP协议中的 TCP数据流。 For example, when the multi-mode UE needs to send data to the IP host, the multi-mode UE may divide the data into multiple parts according to the MPTCP protocol, and respectively send through multiple first sub-TCP connections to form a plurality of first data streams. For example, the plurality of first data streams are sub-TCP data streams of the MPTCP protocol. A communication device (eg, PGW) including an MPTCP functional entity merges and repacks the plurality of first data streams received from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, converts to a second data stream, and transmits to the second TCP connection to the second TCP connection The IP host, for example, the second data stream is capable of supporting and identifying the IP host TCP data stream in the TCP protocol.
例如, 多模 UE需要向 IP主机发送数据时, 上述多个第一数据流的源 IP 地址与上述多个 IP地址——对应。 上述多个第一数据流和第二数据流的目标 IP地址均为该 IP主机的 IP地址。  For example, when the multimode UE needs to send data to the IP host, the source IP addresses of the plurality of first data streams correspond to the plurality of IP addresses. The target IP addresses of the plurality of first data streams and the second data streams are all IP addresses of the IP host.
在 220中, 可以从第二 TCP连接接收第三数据流; 将第三数据流分成与 上述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多个第四数据流;通过上述多个第一子 TCP 连接将上述多个第四数据流发送至该 UE, 其中上述多个第四数据流和第三数 据流具有相同的源 IP地址与 TCP源端口号, 上述多个第四数据流具有不同的 目标 IP地址, 并对应于所述用户设备的多个 IP地址, 第三数据流的目标地址 为上述多个 IP地址之一。  In 220, a third data stream may be received from the second TCP connection; the third data stream is divided into a plurality of fourth data streams corresponding to the plurality of first child TCP connections; and the plurality of first child TCP connections are connected Transmitting the plurality of fourth data streams to the UE, where the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port number, and the plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses. And an address corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, where the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
例如, 当该 IP主机需要向该多模 UE发送数据时, 该 IP主机将该数据通 过第二 TCP连接发送而形成第三数据流, 第三数据流为该 IP主机所能够支持 和识别的 TCP协议中的 TCP数据流。 包含 MPTCP功能实体的通信设备 (例 如, PGW )将从该 TCP连接接收的第三数据流按照 MPTCP协议重新封装和 分流, 转换为第多个第四数据流, 并分别从多个第一子 TCP连接发送至该多 模 UE, 上述多个第四数据流为该多模 UE能够识别的 MPTCP协议的子 TCP 数据流。  For example, when the IP host needs to send data to the multi-mode UE, the IP host sends the data through the second TCP connection to form a third data stream, where the third data stream is a TCP that the IP host can support and recognize. TCP data stream in the protocol. The communication device (eg, PGW) including the MPTCP functional entity re-encapsulates and offloads the third data stream received from the TCP connection into a fourth plurality of data streams, and respectively from the plurality of first child TCPs, according to the MPTCP protocol. The connection is sent to the multimode UE, and the plurality of fourth data streams are sub-TCP data streams of the MPTCP protocol that the multi-mode UE can recognize.
本实施例的方法由于将从上述多个第一子 TCP连接接收的多个第一数据 流转换为第二数据流, 并通过第二 TCP连接发送至 IP主机; 和 /或, 将从第二 TCP连接接收的第三数据流转换为多个第四数据流,并将多个第四数据流分别 通过多个第一子 TCP连接发送至多模 UE, 因此, 可以不要求该 IP主机支持 利用多条 IP路径进行 TCP数据传输的协议(例如 MPTCP协议) , 进而实现 了该多模 UE通过至少两种无线接入网与 IP主机进行同一 IP数据流的通信。  The method of this embodiment converts a plurality of first data streams received from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections into a second data stream, and transmits the same to the IP host through the second TCP connection; and/or, will be from the second The third data stream received by the TCP connection is converted into a plurality of fourth data streams, and the plurality of fourth data streams are respectively sent to the multi-mode UE through the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, so the IP host support may not be required to be utilized. A protocol in which an IP path performs TCP data transmission (for example, an MPTCP protocol), thereby implementing communication of the same IP data stream with the IP host by the multimode UE through at least two radio access networks.
根据本发明的实施例, 在将上述第三数据流分成与上述多个第四数据流 时, 可以根据上述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率将第三数据流分成上述多 个第四数据流, 使得与传输速率较大的第一子 TCP连接相对应的第四数据流 具有较大的流率, 其中上述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率分别取决于上述 多个无线接入网的传输速率。 According to an embodiment of the present invention, when the third data stream is divided into the plurality of fourth data streams, the third data stream may be divided into the foregoing according to a transmission rate of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections. a fourth data stream, the fourth data stream corresponding to the first sub-TCP connection having a larger transmission rate having a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined according to the plurality of The transmission rate of the radio access network.
例如, 在传输速率上, UTRAN比 EUTRAN的传输速率要小很多, 在通 信时, MPTCP子层可以根据下层的 TCP子层所具有的 TCP的流控功能决定 每个 TCP子层所提供的 TCP数据流的传输速率, 从而将 MPTCP协议数据单 元(Protocol Data Unit, PDU )按照各 TCP子层的传输速率进行分配。 例如, 在 TCP中, 当发送端收到连续的三个相同的 TCP确认(ACK ) 时, 认为此时 传输通道出现了拥塞, 因而, 此前的传输速率是最大的传输速率。 例如, 通过 此方法确定 UTRAN的传输速率是 2mbps ,而 EUTRAN的传输速率是 lOmbps , 则它们的传输速率比是 1 :5 , 则可以将一个数据包通过 UTRAN对应的 TCP子 连接发送给 UE, 然后将后续的 5个数据包通过 EUTRAN对应的子连接发送 给 UE, 这样就可以实现平衡及有效的无线连接的使用。 由于无线传输信道的 动态特性,各个 TCP子层的传输速率会动态的变化, 因而 MPTCP子层也需要 根据所述的方法进行动态地进行调整。 采用本实施例的方法后, MPTCP功能 实体就可以充分复用 UTRAN与 EUTRAN的速率不同, 将应用层的数据高效 地复用 UTRAN与 EUTRAN的传输信道进行传输。  For example, in the transmission rate, the transmission rate of the UTRAN is much smaller than that of the EUTRAN. In communication, the MPTCP sublayer can determine the TCP data provided by each TCP sublayer according to the flow control function of the TCP of the lower layer TCP sublayer. The transmission rate of the stream, so that the MPTCP Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is allocated according to the transmission rate of each TCP sublayer. For example, in TCP, when the sender receives three consecutive identical TCP acknowledgments (ACKs), it is considered that the transmission channel is congested at this time, and thus the previous transmission rate is the maximum transmission rate. For example, by this method, it is determined that the transmission rate of the UTRAN is 2 mbps, and the transmission rate of the EUTRAN is 10 mbps, and their transmission rate ratio is 1:5, then a data packet can be sent to the UE through the TCP sub-connection corresponding to the UTRAN, and then The subsequent 5 data packets are sent to the UE through the sub-connection corresponding to the EUTRAN, so that the balanced and effective wireless connection can be used. Due to the dynamic nature of the wireless transmission channel, the transmission rate of each TCP sublayer changes dynamically, so the MPTCP sublayer also needs to be dynamically adjusted according to the method described. After the method of this embodiment is adopted, the MPTCP function entity can fully multiplex the UTRAN and the EUTRAN at different rates, and efficiently multiplex the data of the application layer into the transmission channel of the UTRAN and the EUTRAN for transmission.
在 210中, 可以从该 UE接收用于建立该 MPTCP连接的第一请求; 根据 第一请求, 经由上述多个无线接入网与该 UE建立该 MPTCP连接, 其中第一 请求的目标地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第一请求的源地址为该 UE从第一无 线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址;向该 IP主机发送用于建立该 TCP连接的第 二请求, 以与该 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 其中第二请求的源地址为该 UE 从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址, 第二请求的目标地址为该 IP主机 的 IP地址, 第一无线接入网为上述多个无线接入网中覆盖范围最大的无线接 入网。 例如,第一请求可以是用于建立 MPTCP连接的包含 SYN标识的 TCP包, 其中包含多模 UE支持 MPTCP功能的指示。 MPTCP功能实体接收到该 TCP SYN包之后, 向多模 UE发送包含 SYN与 ACK标识的 TCP包, 其中包含 MPTCP功能实体支持 MPTCP功能的指示,多模 UE在收到该包含 SYN与 ACK 的 TCP包之后, 向 MPTCP功能实体回复包含 ACK标识的 TCP包,从而通过 三次握手过程完成 MPTCP功能实体与多模 UE之间的 MPTCP连接的初始第 一子 TCP连接。 其它第一子 TCP连接添加到该 MPTCP连接的过程可以借鉴 常规 MPTCP连接的其它子 TCP连接的建立过程, 在此不再赘述。 In 210, a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection may be received from the UE; according to the first request, the MPTCP connection is established with the UE by using the multiple radio access networks, where a target address of the first request is The IP address of the IP host, the source address of the first request is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing the first radio access network; and the second request for establishing the TCP connection is sent to the IP host, The IP host establishes a second TCP connection, where the source address of the second request is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing the first radio access network, and the target address of the second request is an IP address of the IP host, first The radio access network is the radio access network with the largest coverage among the plurality of radio access networks. For example, the first request may be a TCP packet containing a SYN identity for establishing an MPTCP connection, including an indication that the multimode UE supports the MPTCP function. After receiving the TCP SYN packet, the MPTCP function entity sends a TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers to the multimode UE, where the MPTCP function entity supports the indication of the MPTCP function, and the multimode UE receives the TCP packet including the SYN and the ACK. Thereafter, the TCP packet including the ACK identifier is replied to the MPTCP function entity, thereby completing the initial first sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection between the MPTCP function entity and the multi-mode UE through the three-way handshake process. The process of adding the other first sub-TCP connection to the MPTCP connection may refer to the establishment process of other sub-TCP connections of the conventional MPTCP connection, and details are not described herein again.
例如, 第二请求可以是用于建 TCP连接的包含 SYN标识的 TCP包, 其 中不包含 MPTCP功能的指示, IP主机收包含该 S YN包标识的 TCP包之后, 向 MPTCP功能实体回复包含 S YN与 ACK标识的 TCP包,其中不包含 MPTCP 功能的指示, MPTCP功能实体接收到包含该 SYN与 ACK标识的 TCP包后向 IP主机回复包含 ACK标识的 TCP包, 从而通过三次握手过程完成了 MPTCP 功能实体与 IP主机之间的 TCP连接的建立。另夕卜,第二请求的 TCP源端口号 和目标端口号可以分别为第一请求中的 TCP源端口号和 TCP目标端口号。  For example, the second request may be a TCP packet containing a SYN identifier for establishing a TCP connection, where the indication of the MPTCP function is not included, and after the IP host receives the TCP packet including the SYN packet identifier, the IPTCP function entity replies with the SYN. With the TCP packet identified by the ACK, which does not include the indication of the MPTCP function, the MPTCP function entity receives the TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers and then replies to the IP host with the TCP packet containing the ACK identifier, thereby completing the MPTCP function through the three-way handshake process. The establishment of a TCP connection between the entity and the IP host. In addition, the TCP source port number and the destination port number of the second request may be respectively a TCP source port number and a TCP target port number in the first request.
在 210中, 可以从该 UE接收用于建立该 MPTCP连接的第一请求, 其中 第一请求的目标地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第一请求的源地址为该 UE从第 一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址; 向该 IP主机转发第一请求, 并且根据 所述 IP主机对所述第一请求的响应与该 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接;根据第一 请求, 经由上述多个无线接入网与该 UE建立该 MPTCP连接, 第一无线接入 网为上述多个无线接入网中覆盖范围最大的无线接入网。  In 210, a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection may be received from the UE, where a target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and a source address of the first request is that the UE is from the first radio access The IP address assigned when the network accesses; forwarding the first request to the IP host, and establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host according to the response of the IP host to the first request; according to the first request, The plurality of radio access networks establish the MPTCP connection with the UE, and the first radio access network is the radio access network with the largest coverage among the plurality of radio access networks.
例如,第一请求可以是用于建立 MPTCP连接的包含 SYN标识的 TCP包, MPTCP功能实体因不知道该 IP主机是否支持 MPTCP功能,将该第一请求 TCP 包转发给该 IP主机, 例如, 将此包含 SYN的 TCP包不作任何的修改地发送 给该 IP主机。 若此 IP主机支持 MPTCP功能, 则在其对第一请求的响应 (例如, 包含 SYN与 ACK标识的 TCP包 ) 中指示支持 MPTCP功能, MPTCP功能实体在 接收到第二请求的响应之后, 将其不作任何的修改地发送给多模 UE, 以便实 现多模 UE与 IP主机之间的 MPTCP连接。 此后 MPTCP功能实体就将接收到 UE发送给目标主机的 TCP数据包转发给目标 IP主机, 将目标 IP主机发送给 UE的 TCP数据包转发给 UE。在转发过程而不对数据的内容进行任何的操作。 For example, the first request may be a TCP packet including an SYN identifier for establishing an MPTCP connection, and the MPTCP function entity forwards the first request TCP packet to the IP host because it does not know whether the IP host supports the MPTCP function, for example, This TCP packet containing the SYN is sent to the IP host without any modification. If the IP host supports the MPTCP function, it indicates that the MPTCP function is supported in its response to the first request (for example, a TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers), and the MPTCP function entity, after receiving the response of the second request, It is sent to the multimode UE without any modification in order to implement an MPTCP connection between the multimode UE and the IP host. After that, the MPTCP function entity forwards the TCP packet sent by the UE to the target host to the target IP host, and forwards the TCP packet sent by the target IP host to the UE to the UE. The forwarding process does not perform any operations on the content of the data.
若此 IP主机不支持 MPTCP功能, 则在其对第二请求的响应 (例如, 包 含 SYN与 ACK的 TCP包)中不包含支持 MPTCP功能的指示。 此时 MPTCP 功能实体根据第一请求通过 MPTCP的三次握手过程与多模 UE建立 MPTCP 连接, 例如, 向多模 UE发送包含 S YN与 ACK标识的 TCP包, 该包含 S YN 与 ACK标识的 TCP包中指示 MPTCP功能实体支持 MPTCP功能, 并且在接 收到多模 UE发送的包含 ACK标识的 TCP包后完成三次握手过程,从而通过 三次握手过程完成 MPTCP功能实体与多模 UE之间的 MPTCP连接的初始第 一子 TCP连接。 其它第一子 TCP连接添加到该 MPTCP连接的过程可以借鉴 常规 MPTCP连接的其它子 TCP连接的建立过程,在此不再赘述。同时, MPTCP 功能实体利用第二请求通过 TCP的三次握手过程与 IP主机建立 TCP连接,例 如,在接收到不包含支持 MPTCP功能的指示的包含 SYN与 ACK标识的 TCP 包后, 向 IP主机发送包含 ACK标识的 TCP包, 完成三次握手过程, 从而建 立 TCP连接。  If the IP host does not support the MPTCP function, it does not include an indication to support the MPTCP function in its response to the second request (for example, a TCP packet containing SYN and ACK). At this time, the MPTCP function entity establishes an MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE through the three-way handshake process of the MPTCP according to the first request, for example, sending a TCP packet including the SYN and the ACK identifier to the multi-mode UE, and the TCP packet including the SYN and the ACK identifier. The MPTCP function entity is instructed to support the MPTCP function, and the three-way handshake process is completed after receiving the TCP packet containing the ACK identifier sent by the multi-mode UE, thereby completing the initial MPTS connection between the MPTCP function entity and the multi-mode UE through the three-way handshake process. The first child TCP connection. The process of adding the other first sub-TCP connections to the MPTCP connection can refer to the establishment process of other sub-TCP connections of the conventional MPTCP connection, and details are not described herein again. At the same time, the MPTCP function entity establishes a TCP connection with the IP host through the three-way handshake process of the TCP by using the second request, for example, after receiving the TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers that does not include the indication of supporting the MPTCP function, sending the inclusion to the IP host. The TCP packet identified by the ACK completes the three-way handshake process, thereby establishing a TCP connection.
例如,第一无线接入网为 UTR AN与 EUTR AN中覆盖范围较大的 UTR AN。 由于 EUTRAN在初始部署阶段只部署在热点地区, 当多模 UE移动时, 可能 进入没有 LTE覆盖的区域, 使得与 EUTRAN相对应的 IP地址被分配给其它 UE, 从而造成 IP主机通过此 IP地址来通信时的用户终端不再是原来的多模 UE。 在本实施例中, 优选的, UE采用与 UTRAN相对应的源 IP地址发起与 该 IP主机的通信, 这样, 总能保证该 IP主机能够通过与 UTRAN相对应的源 IP地址与 UE进行通信。 For example, the first radio access network is a UTR AN with a large coverage in UTR AN and EUTR AN. Since the EUTRAN is deployed only in the hotspot area during the initial deployment phase, when the multi-mode UE moves, it may enter an area without LTE coverage, so that the IP address corresponding to the EUTRAN is allocated to other UEs, thereby causing the IP host to pass the IP address. The user terminal during communication is no longer the original multimode UE. In this embodiment, preferably, the UE initiates communication with the IP host by using a source IP address corresponding to the UTRAN, so that the IP host can always ensure the source corresponding to the UTRAN. The IP address communicates with the UE.
在 210中, 从该 IP主机接收用于建立该 TCP连接的第三请求; 根据第三 请求, 与该 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 其中第三请求的目标地址为该 UE从 第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址,第三请求的源地址为该 IP主机的 IP 地址; 向该 UE发送用于建立该 MPTCP连接的第四请求, 以与该 UE建立该 MPTCP连接, 其中第四请求的源地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第四请求的目 标地址为该 UE从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  In 210, a third request for establishing the TCP connection is received from the IP host; and a second TCP connection is established with the IP host according to the third request, where a target address of the third request is that the UE is connected from the first wireless The IP address assigned to the network access, the source address of the third request is the IP address of the IP host, and the fourth request for establishing the MPTCP connection is sent to the UE, to establish the MPTCP connection with the UE, where The source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and the target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses the first radio access network.
例如, 第三请求可以是用于建立 TCP连接的包含 SYN标识的 TCP包, MPTCP功能实体根据第三请求通过 TCP的三次握手过程与 IP主机建立 TCP 连接。 第四请求可以是用于建立 MPTCP连接的包含 SYN标识的 TCP 包, MPTCP功能实体利用第四请求通过 MPTCP的三次握手过程与多模 UE建立 MPTCP连接, 例如, 可以先针对一个 IP地址建立初始 TCP连接, 再针对其 它 IP地址建立新的子 TCP连接。  For example, the third request may be a TCP packet containing a SYN identifier for establishing a TCP connection, and the MPTCP function entity establishes a TCP connection with the IP host through a three-way handshake process of the TCP according to the third request. The fourth request may be a TCP packet containing the SYN identifier for establishing an MPTCP connection, and the MPTCP function entity establishes an MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE through the three-way handshake process of the MPTCP by using the fourth request. For example, the initial TCP may be established for an IP address. Connect, then establish a new sub-TCP connection for other IP addresses.
在第三请求过程中, 如果 IP主机支持 MPTCP而 UE不支持 MPTCP, 相 关的的处理过程同上面介绍的第一请求过程中 UE支持 MPTCP及 IP主机不支 持 MPTCP的处理。 同样的, 在第三请求过程中, 如果 IP主机与 UE同时支持 MPTCP , 相关的处理过程同上面介绍的第一请求过程中 UE与 IP主机同时支 持 MPTCP的处理。 这里就不再重复说明了。  In the third request process, if the IP host supports MPTCP and the UE does not support MPTCP, the related processing is the same as the above-mentioned first request process, the UE supports MPTCP and the IP host does not support MPTCP processing. Similarly, in the third request process, if the IP host and the UE support MPTCP at the same time, the related processing process and the first request process described above simultaneously support the processing of the MPTCP by the UE and the IP host. The description will not be repeated here.
图 3 是本发明另一个实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。 图 3 的方法由图 1A的多模 UE 110来执行。 图 3的方法与图 2的方法相对应, 在 此适当省略详细的描述。 图 3的方法包括如下内容。  FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention. The method of Figure 3 is performed by the multi-mode UE 110 of Figure 1A. The method of Fig. 3 corresponds to the method of Fig. 2, and a detailed description is omitted as appropriate. The method of Figure 3 includes the following.
310, UE经由多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立 MPTCP连接, 其中该 MPTCP连接包括与该 UE的多个 IP地址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连接。  310. The UE establishes an MPTCP connection with the first communications device via multiple radio access networks, where the MPTCP connection includes multiple first sub-TCP connections corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the UE.
根据本发明的实施例, 该第一通信设备可以是包含 MPTCP功能实体的通 信设备, 例如, PGW或者 PGW之外的接口 SGi上或者该 PGW连接到的路由 器或交换机等。 According to an embodiment of the present invention, the first communication device may be a communication device including an MPTCP functional entity, for example, an interface on the interface SGi other than the PGW or PGW or the route to which the PGW is connected Or switch.
320,该 UE通过上述多个第一子 TCP连接和第二 TCP连接在该 UE与 IP 主机之间传输数据, 第二 TCP连接由第一通信设备与该 IP主机建立, 该数据 由第一通信设备在上述多个第一子 TCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发。  320. The UE transmits data between the UE and the IP host by using the multiple first and second TCP connections, and the second TCP connection is established by the first communications device and the IP host, where the data is used by the first communications. The device forwards between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
本发明实施例可以经由多个无线接入网与支持 MPTCP功能的通信设备建 立与 UE的多个 IP地址相对应的 MPTCP连接, 并且通过该通信设备与 IP主 机建立第二 TCP连接,并且在该 MPTCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发数据, 从而能够实现 UE同时使用两个 IP地址与另一个 IP主机进行数据传输。  The embodiment of the present invention may establish an MPTCP connection corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the UE via a plurality of radio access networks and a communication device supporting the MPTCP function, and establish a second TCP connection with the IP host through the communication device, and The data is forwarded between the MPTCP connection and the second TCP connection, so that the UE can simultaneously use two IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
在 310中, 该 UE可以基于多个 PDN连接, 经由上述多个无线接入网与 该 PGW建立上述多个第一子 TCP连接, 其中上述多个第一子 TCP连接与上 述多个 PDN连接相对应。  In 310, the UE may establish the multiple first sub-TCP connections with the PGW via the multiple radio access networks based on multiple PDN connections, where the multiple first sub-TCP connections are connected to the multiple PDNs. correspond.
例如,当多模 UE需要接入接入点名称 APN所标识的分组数据网 PDN时, 该多模 UE与第一通信设备之间建立多个 PDN连接, 多个 PDN连接分别对应 于多个无线接入网。  For example, when the multimode UE needs to access the packet data network PDN identified by the access point name APN, the multimode UE establishes multiple PDN connections with the first communication device, and the multiple PDN connections respectively correspond to multiple wireless Access Network.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 第一通信设备为 PGW, 图 3的方法还包括: 该 UE基于该 UE的多个签约数据与该 PGW建立多个 PDN连接, 其中与该 PDN连接相对应的上述多个 IP地址由该 PGW分配, 上述多个签约数据对应 于该 UE的多个 IMSI并且对应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包 含同一接入点名称 APN和同一 PGW的标识, 该 PGW的标识为 PGW的 IP 地址, 上述多个签约数据存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS并由核心网移动性管理 实体节点从 HSS获取。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the first communications device is a PGW, and the method of FIG. 3 further includes: the UE establishing multiple PDN connections with the PGW based on the plurality of subscription data of the UE, where the PDN connection is corresponding to the PDN connection. The plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, the plurality of subscription data including the same access point name APN and the same PGW The identifier of the PGW is the IP address of the PGW, and the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contracting server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
例如, 第一通信设备为 PGW, 即 MPTCP功能实体布置在 PGW上, 多模 UE在接入第一无线接入网(例如, UTRAN )时, 可以向核心网移动性管理实 体节点 (例如, SGSN )发送连接建立请求, 该连接建立请求包括与第一无线 接入网相对应的第一 IMSI和该多模 UE需要接入的 APN。 该核心网移动性管 理实体节点根据第一 IMSI向 HSS查询得到与第一 IMSI相对应的第一签约数 据,并根据第一签约数据中 APN签约数据的 PGW的 IP地址选择相应的 PGW 建立该多模 UE第一 PDN连接, 并由该 PGW为该多模 UE分配 IP地址。 类 似地, 该多模 UE可以在接入第二无线接入网 (例如, E-UTRAN ) 时, 向核 心网移动性管理实体节点 (例如, MME )发送连接建立请求, 该连接建立请 求包括与第二无线接入网相对应的第二 IMSI和上述 APN。该核心网移动性管 理实体节点根据第二 IMSI查询 HSS得到与第二 IMSI相对应的第二签约数据, 并根据第二签约数据中 APN签约数据的 PGW的 IP地址选择该 PGW建立与 第二无线接入网相对应的第二 PDN连接, 并且由该 PGW为该多模 UE分配 IP地址。 由于第一签约数据和第二签约数据中 APN签约数据的 PGW的标识 为同一个 PGW的 IP地址, 因此, 该多模 UE可以与该 PGW建立这两个 PDN 连接。 For example, the first communication device is a PGW, that is, the MPTCP function entity is disposed on the PGW, and the multi-mode UE can access the core network mobility management entity node (for example, the SGSN when accessing the first radio access network (eg, UTRAN) And transmitting a connection establishment request, where the connection establishment request includes a first IMSI corresponding to the first radio access network and an APN to which the multimode UE needs to access. Core network mobility tube The physical entity node obtains the first subscription data corresponding to the first IMSI according to the first IMSI, and selects the corresponding PGW according to the IP address of the PGW of the APN subscription data in the first subscription data to establish the first PDN of the multimode UE. Connected, and the PGW assigns an IP address to the multi-mode UE. Similarly, the multimode UE may send a connection establishment request to a core network mobility management entity node (eg, MME) when accessing the second radio access network (eg, E-UTRAN), the connection establishment request including The second IMSI corresponding to the second radio access network and the foregoing APN. The core network mobility management entity node obtains the second subscription data corresponding to the second IMSI according to the second IMSI querying the HSS, and selects the PGW to establish and the second wireless according to the IP address of the PGW of the APN subscription data in the second subscription data. A second PDN connection corresponding to the access network, and the PGW allocates an IP address for the multi-mode UE. Since the identifier of the PGW of the APN subscription data in the first subscription data and the second subscription data is the IP address of the same PGW, the multi-mode UE can establish the two PDN connections with the PGW.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 图 3的方法还包括: 该 UE基于该 UE的多个 签约数据与至少一个 PGW建立多个 PDN连接, 其中与该 PDN连接相对应的 上述多个 IP地址由该 PGW分配,上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多个 IMSI 并且对应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW的标识,上述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者 同一个全称域名 FQDN, 上述多个签约数据存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS并由 核心网移动性管理实体节点从 HSS获取。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the method of FIG. 3 further includes: the UE establishing a plurality of PDN connections with the at least one PGW based on the plurality of subscription data of the UE, where the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection Assigned by the PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, the plurality of subscription data including identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW, the at least The identifier of a PGW is the same IP address or the same full-name domain name FQDN. The plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contract server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
例如, 第一通信设备为与上述至少一个 PGW连接的接口 SGi、 路由器或 交换机, 即 MPTCP功能实体布置在上述 SGi、 路由器或交换机上。  For example, the first communication device is an interface SGi, router or switch connected to the at least one PGW, i.e., the MPTCP functional entity is disposed on the SGi, router or switch.
根据本发明的实施例, 在 320中, 该 UE将该数据分成与上述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多个第一数据流; 该 UE通过上述多个第一子 TCP连接向 第一通信设备发送上述多个第一数据流,以便第一通信设备将上述多个第一数 据流合并成第二数据流并通过第二 TCP连接将第二数据流发送给该 IP主机, 其中上述多个第一数据流具有不同的源 IP地址, 上述多个第一数据流和第二 数据流具有相同的目标 IP地址和 TCP目标端口号, 第二数据流的源地址为上 述多个 IP地址之一。 According to an embodiment of the present invention, in 320, the UE divides the data into a plurality of first data streams corresponding to the plurality of first sub-TCP connections; the UE is first to the first plurality of first sub-TCP connections The communication device transmits the plurality of first data streams, so that the first communication device merges the plurality of first data streams into the second data stream and sends the second data stream to the IP host through the second TCP connection, The plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and a TCP target port number, and the source address of the second data stream is the plurality of One of the IP addresses.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 在 320中, 该 UE根据上述多个第一子 TCP 连接的传输速率将该数据分成上述多个第一数据流,使得与传输速率较大的第 一 TCP连接相对应的第一数据流具有较大的流率, 其中上述多个第一子 TCP 连接的传输速率分别取决于上述多个无线接入网的传输速率。  Optionally, in another embodiment, in 320, the UE divides the data into the multiple first data streams according to a transmission rate of the multiple first sub-TCP connections, so that the first TCP with a larger transmission rate is used. The first data stream corresponding to the connection has a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the transmission rates of the plurality of radio access networks.
例如, 在传输速率上, UTRAN比 EUTRAN的传输速率要小很多, 在通 信时, 多模 UE的 MPTCP子层可以根据下层的 TCP子层所具有的 TCP的流 控功能决定每个 TCP子层所提供的 TCP数据流的传输速率, 从而将 MPTCP 协议数据单元( Protocol Data Unit, PDU )按照各 TCP子层的传输速率进行分 配。 例如, 在 TCP中, 当多模 UE收到连续的三个相同的 TCP确认( ACK ) 时,认为此时传输通道出现了拥塞, 因而,此前的传输速率是最大的传输速率。 例如, 通过此方法确定 UTRAN的传输速率是 2mbps , 而 EUTRAN的传输速 率是 lOmbps , 则它们的传输速率比是 1:5 , 则可以将一个数据包通过 UTRAN 对应的 TCP子连接发送给 MPTCP功能实体, 然后将后续的 5个数据包通过 EUTRAN对应的子连接发送给 MPTCP功能实体,这样就可以实现平衡及有效 的无线连接的使用。 由于无线传输信道的动态特性, 各个 TCP子层的传输速 率会动态的变化, 因而 MPTCP子层也需要根据所述的方法进行动态地进行调 整。采用本实施例的方法后, UE就可以充分复用 UTRAN与 EUTRAN的速率 不同,将应用层的数据高效地复用 UTRAN与 EUTRAN的传输信道进行传输。  For example, in the transmission rate, the transmission rate of the UTRAN is much smaller than that of the EUTRAN. In communication, the MPTCP sublayer of the multimode UE can determine each TCP sublayer according to the flow control function of the TCP of the lower layer TCP sublayer. The transmission rate of the provided TCP data stream is such that the MPTCP Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is allocated according to the transmission rate of each TCP sublayer. For example, in TCP, when a multimode UE receives three consecutive identical TCP acknowledgments (ACKs), it considers that the transmission channel is congested at this time, and thus the previous transmission rate is the maximum transmission rate. For example, by this method, it is determined that the transmission rate of the UTRAN is 2 mbps, and the transmission rate of the EUTRAN is 10 mbps, and their transmission rate ratio is 1:5, then a data packet can be sent to the MPTCP functional entity through the TCP sub-connection corresponding to the UTRAN. Then, the subsequent 5 data packets are sent to the MPTCP functional entity through the sub-connection corresponding to the EUTRAN, so that the balanced and effective wireless connection can be used. Due to the dynamic nature of the wireless transmission channel, the transmission rate of each TCP sublayer changes dynamically, so the MPTCP sublayer also needs to be dynamically adjusted according to the method described. After the method of this embodiment is adopted, the UE can fully multiplex the UTRAN and the EUTRAN at different rates, and efficiently multiplex the data of the application layer into the transmission channel of the UTRAN and the EUTRAN for transmission.
根据本发明的实施例, 在 320中, 该 UE分别从上述多个第一子 TCP连 接接收多个第四 TCP数据流, 其中由第一通信设备将从第二 TCP连接接收的 第三数据流分成上述多个第四 TCP数据流; 该 UE将上述多个第四 TCP数据 流合并成该数据, 其中上述多个第四数据流和第三数据流具有相同的源 IP地 址与 TCP源端口号, 上述多个第四数据流具有不同的目标 IP地址, 并对应于 所述用户设备的多个 IP地址,第三数据流的目标地址为上述多个 IP地址之一。 According to an embodiment of the present invention, in 320, the UE receives a plurality of fourth TCP data streams from the plurality of first child TCP connections, respectively, wherein the third data stream received by the first communication device from the second TCP connection Dividing into the plurality of fourth TCP data streams; the UE combining the plurality of fourth TCP data streams into the data, wherein the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address The address and the TCP source port number, the plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses, and correspond to the plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, and the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
根据本发明的实施例, 在 310中, 该 UE向第一通信设备发送用于建立该 MPTCP连接的第一请求, 以经由上述多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立该 MPTCP连接, 其中第一请求的目标地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第一请求的 源地址为该 UE从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  According to an embodiment of the present invention, in 310, the UE sends a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection to the first communication device, to establish the MPTCP connection with the first communication device via the multiple radio access networks, where The target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and the source address of the first request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses from the first radio access network.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 在 310中, 该 UE从第一通信设备接收用于建 立该 MPTCP连接的第四请求; 根据第四请求, 经由上述多个无线接入网与第 一通信设备建立 MPTCP连接,其中第四请求的源地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第四请求的目标地址为该 UE从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  Optionally, as another embodiment, in 310, the UE receives a fourth request for establishing the MPTCP connection from the first communications device, and the first communications by using the multiple radio access networks according to the fourth request. The device establishes an MPTCP connection, where the source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and the target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses the first radio access network.
图 4是本发明又一个实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图的方 法由图 1A的 HSS 180来执行。 图 4的方法与图 2和 3的方法相对应, 在此省 略详细的描述。  FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to still another embodiment of the present invention. The method of the figure is performed by the HSS 180 of Figure 1A. The method of Figure 4 corresponds to the method of Figures 2 and 3, and a detailed description is omitted herein.
410, HSS存储该 UE的多个签约数据。  410. The HSS stores multiple subscription data of the UE.
420, 该 HSS在该 UE接入多个无线接入网时向核心网移动性管理实体节 点提供上述多个签约数据,以便该核心网移动性管理实体节点基于上述多个签 约数据建立该 UE与至少一个 PGW之间的多个 PDN连接,其中上述多个 PDN 连接用于该 UE建立与该 UE的多个 IP地址相对应的 MPTCP连接,上述多个 IP地址由上述至少一个 PGW分配, 上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多个 IMSI 并且对应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名 称 APN和至少一个 PGW的标识。  420. The HSS provides the foregoing multiple subscription data to a core network mobility management entity node when the UE accesses multiple radio access networks, so that the core network mobility management entity node establishes the UE according to the multiple subscription data. a plurality of PDN connections between the at least one PGW, wherein the plurality of PDN connections are used by the UE to establish an MPTCP connection corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses of the UE, where the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW, The subscription data corresponds to a plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponds to the plurality of radio access networks, and the plurality of subscription data includes identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
根据本发明的实施例,上述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一 个全称 i或名 FQDNo  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full name i or the name FQDNo
本发明实施例可以由 HSS存储 UE的多个签约数据, 以便基于上述多个 签约数据建立该 UE与至少一个 PGW之间的多个 PDN连接,用于 UE建立与 多个 IP地址相对应的 MPTCP连接。由于上述多个签约数据中 PGW的标识为 相同的 IP地址或者相同的 FQDN, 保证了通过多个 PDN连接传输的 IP数据 包可以经过 PGW上的 MPTCP功能实体或者经过与 PGW连接的网络设备上 的 MPTCP功能实体, 从而能够实现 UE同时使用多个 IP地址与另一个 IP主 机进行数据传输。 The embodiment of the present invention may be configured by the HSS to store multiple subscription data of the UE, so as to establish multiple PDN connections between the UE and the at least one PGW based on the multiple subscription data, for establishing and Multiple IP addresses corresponding to the MPTCP connection. Since the identifiers of the PGWs in the plurality of subscription data are the same IP address or the same FQDN, it is ensured that the IP data packets transmitted through the multiple PDN connections may pass through the MPTCP function entity on the PGW or on the network device connected to the PGW. The MPTCP functional entity enables the UE to simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
下面结合具体例子, 更加详细地描述本发明的实施例。  Embodiments of the present invention are described in more detail below with reference to specific examples.
图 5 是根据本发明的一个实施例提供的通信过程的示意性流程图。 图 5 的方法是图 2、 图 3和图 4的方法的一个例子。  FIG. 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication process provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The method of Figure 5 is an example of the method of Figures 2, 3 and 4.
本实施例以多模 UE 分别通过两个 IMSI接入无线接入网 UTRAN 和 EUTRAN为例进行说明。在本实施例中, MPTCP功能实体(即 MPTCP代理 ) 包含在 PGW中。 当该多模 UE的用户与无线运营商签约了一个 APN时,上述 两个 IMSI都需要与该 APN签约, 并且在 HSS上保存上述两个 IMSI签约该 APN的签约数据。 上述签约数据中可以包括该 PGW的 PGW标识。 在本实施 中, 优选的, 该 PGW标识为该 PGW的 IP地址。 上述与多模 UE的用户签约 的每个 APN的签约数据中,所签约的 PGW标识使用相同的 PGW IP地址。 因 为 PGW的 IP地址是唯一的, 因此, 可以保证上述 PDN连接建立到该 PGW 上, 从而保证通过这两个 PDN连接传输的 IP数据包可以经过该 PGW, 使得 IP数据包也一定能够到达该 PGW上的 MPTCP功能实体。  In this embodiment, the multi-mode UE accesses the radio access network UTRAN and the EUTRAN through two IMSIs as an example. In this embodiment, the MPTCP functional entity (i.e., MPTCP proxy) is included in the PGW. When the user of the multi-mode UE subscribes to an APN with the wireless carrier, the two IMSIs need to sign the APN, and save the subscription data of the two IMSI subscriptions to the APN on the HSS. The P4000 identifier of the PGW may be included in the subscription data. In this implementation, preferably, the PGW is identified as an IP address of the PGW. In the subscription data of each APN that is subscribed to by the user of the multi-mode UE, the signed PGW identifier uses the same PGW IP address. Because the IP address of the PGW is unique, it can be ensured that the PDN connection is established on the PGW, so that the IP data packet transmitted through the two PDN connections can pass through the PGW, so that the IP data packet can also reach the PGW. The MPTCP functional entity on it.
510, 多模 UE通过 UTRAN与 PGW建立 PDN连接。  510. The multimode UE establishes a PDN connection with the PGW through the UTRAN.
例如, 当该多模 UE需要通过 UTRAN接入某个无线运营商所提供的由该 For example, when the multimode UE needs to access a wireless carrier through the UTRAN,
APN所标识的 PDN时, 该多模 UE可以通过该 UTRAN与属于该 APN的该 PGW建立 PDN连接。 该 PDN连接包括从该多模 UE到该 UTRAN的空口 Uu 连接、 从该 UTRAN到 SGW的接口 S12或 S4连接以及从该 SGW到该 PGW 的接口 S5连接。 例如, 多模 UE可以向 SGSN发送连接建立请求, 该连接建 立请求包括与 UTRAN对应的 IMSI和该多模 UE需要接入的 APN。 该 SGSN 根据该 IMSI通过查询 HSS得到 UE所提供的 APN相关的签约数据, 并根据 该签约数据中的该 PGW的 IP地址建立 PDN连接, 其中 PGW可以为该多模 UE分配与该 IMSI相对应的 IP地址。 When the PDN is identified by the APN, the multi-mode UE can establish a PDN connection with the PGW belonging to the APN through the UTRAN. The PDN connection includes an air interface Uu connection from the multimode UE to the UTRAN, an interface S12 or S4 connection from the UTRAN to the SGW, and an interface S5 connection from the SGW to the PGW. For example, the multi-mode UE may send a connection establishment request to the SGSN, where the connection establishment request includes an IMSI corresponding to the UTRAN and an APN that the multi-mode UE needs to access. The SGSN Obtaining APN-related subscription data provided by the UE by querying the HSS according to the IMSI, and establishing a PDN connection according to the IP address of the PGW in the subscription data, where the PGW may allocate an IP address corresponding to the IMSI for the multi-mode UE. .
520, 多模 UE通过 EUTRAN与 PGW建立另一 PDN连接。  520. The multimode UE establishes another PDN connection with the PGW through the EUTRAN.
例如,该多模 UE可以通过 EUTRAN与属于该 APN的 PGW建立另一 PDN 连接。 该 PDN连接包括从该多模 UE到 EUTRAN的空口连接 LTE-Uu、 从 EUTRAN到 SGW的接口 S1-U连接以及从该 SGW到该 PGW的接口 S5连接。 多模 UE可以向 MME发送连接建立请求, 该连接建立请求包括与 EUTRAN 对应的 IMSI和该多模 UE需要接入的 APN。 该 MME根据该 IMSI通过查询 HSS得到此 APN相关的签约数据, 并根据该签约数据中的该 PGW的 IP地址 建立 PDN连接,其中该 PGW可以为多模 UE分配与该 IMSI相对应的 IP地址。  For example, the multimode UE can establish another PDN connection with the PGW belonging to the APN through the EUTRAN. The PDN connection includes an air interface connection LTE-Uu from the multimode UE to the EUTRAN, an interface S1-U connection from the EUTRAN to the SGW, and an interface S5 connection from the SGW to the PGW. The multimode UE may send a connection setup request to the MME, the connection setup request including the IMSI corresponding to the EUTRAN and the APN that the multimode UE needs to access. The MME obtains the APN-related subscription data by querying the HSS according to the IMSI, and establishes a PDN connection according to the IP address of the PGW in the subscription data, where the PGW can allocate an IP address corresponding to the IMSI to the multi-mode UE.
530,多模 UE通过与 UTRAN相对应的 PDN连接与 PGW上配置的 MPTCP 功能实体建立 MPTCP连接的初始子 TCP连接。  530. The multi-mode UE establishes an initial sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection with the MPTCP function entity configured on the PGW through a PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN.
例如, 针对在多模 UE接入 UTRAN时 PGW为其分配的 IP地址, 多模 UE可以通过向 IP主机发送 MPTCP连接建立请求来启动或发起 MPTCP连接, 该 MPTCP连接建立请求可以是包含 SYN标识的 TCP包(即用于发起 "三次 握手" 的数据包 ) , 并且该 TCP SYN包可以携带 MP_CAPABLE选项, 用于 指示该多模 UE支持 MPTCP功能,该 TCP SYN包的源地址为多模 UE的接入 UTRAN时 PGW为其分配的 IP地址, 目标地址为 IP主机的 IP地址。该 PGW 上的 MPTCP功能实体接收到该 TCP SYN包后, 可以解析出收到的 TCP SYN 包的目标 IP地址 IP-D, 同时该 PGW上的 MPTCP功能实体将接收到该 TCP SYN包不作任何的修改, 透明地发送给 IP主机。  For example, for the IP address assigned by the PGW when the multimode UE accesses the UTRAN, the multimode UE may initiate or initiate an MPTCP connection by sending an MPTCP connection establishment request to the IP host, and the MPTCP connection establishment request may be a SYN identifier. a TCP packet (ie, a packet for initiating a "three-way handshake"), and the TCP SYN packet may carry an MP_CAPABLE option for indicating that the multi-mode UE supports the MPTCP function, and the source address of the TCP SYN packet is a multi-mode UE connection. The IP address assigned to the PGW when it is UTRAN, and the destination address is the IP address of the IP host. After receiving the TCP SYN packet, the MPTCP function entity on the PGW can parse the destination IP address IP-D of the received TCP SYN packet, and the MPTCP function entity on the PGW will receive the TCP SYN packet without any operation. Modified, transparently sent to the IP host.
若该 IP主机支持 MPTCP功能, 则该主机回应一个携带 MP_CAPABLE 选项的 TCP SYN-ACK数据包发送给该 UE。同时该 PGW上的 MPTCP功能实 体将接收到该 IP主机回应的携带 MP_CAPABLE选项的 TCP SYN-ACK数据 包后, 知道该 IP主机也支持 MPTCP功能, 并将接收到该 IP主机回应的携带 MP_CAPABLE选项的 TCP SYN-ACK数据包不作任何的修改透明转发给该 UE ,以便建立多模 UE与 IP主机之间的 MPTCP连接。此后该 PGW上的 MPTCP 功能实体只是透明的转发该 UE与该 IP主机之间的 MPTCP通信数据包,而不 对 MPTCP数据包内容进行改变。 If the IP host supports the MPTCP function, the host sends a TCP SYN-ACK packet carrying the MP_CAPABLE option to the UE. At the same time, the MPTCP function entity on the PGW will receive the TCP SYN-ACK data carrying the MP_CAPABLE option replied by the IP host. After the packet, it is known that the IP host also supports the MPTCP function, and the TCP SYN-ACK packet carrying the MP_CAPABLE option received by the IP host is forwarded transparently to the UE without any modification, so as to establish a multimode UE and an IP host. Inter-MPTCP connection. Thereafter, the MPTCP function entity on the PGW only transparently forwards the MPTCP communication data packet between the UE and the IP host without changing the content of the MPTCP data packet.
若该 IP 主机不支持 MPTCP 功能, 则该主机回应一个不携带 MP_CAPABLE选项的 TCP SYN-ACK数据包发送给该 UE。同时该 PGW上的 MPTCP功能实体将接收到该 IP主机回应的不携带 MP_CAPABLE选项的 TCP SYN-ACK数据包后, 知道该 IP主机不支持 MPTCP功能, 并自动启动代理此 IP地址 IP-D的 TCP功能,即根据多模 UE发送的上述 TCP SYN包与多模 UE 建立 MPTCP连接, 例如, 向多模 UE返回 SYN-ACK包, 该 SYN-ACK包携 带 MP_CAPABLE选项, 用于指示该 MPTCP功能实体支持 MPTCP功能, 多 模 UE在收到该 SYN-ACK包后向 MPTCP功能实体发送携带 MP_CAPABLE 选项的 ACK包, 从而完成了 MPTCP连接的初始子 TCP连接的建立过程。  If the IP host does not support the MPTCP function, the host sends a TCP SYN-ACK packet that does not carry the MP_CAPABLE option to the UE. At the same time, the MPTCP function entity on the PGW will receive the TCP SYN-ACK packet that does not carry the MP_CAPABLE option, and the IP host does not support the MPTCP function, and automatically starts the TCP proxying the IP address of the IP address. The function is to establish an MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE according to the foregoing TCP SYN packet sent by the multi-mode UE, for example, returning a SYN-ACK packet to the multi-mode UE, where the SYN-ACK packet carries an MP_CAPABLE option, which is used to indicate that the MPTCP functional entity supports The MPTCP function, after receiving the SYN-ACK packet, the multi-mode UE sends an ACK packet carrying the MP_CAPABLE option to the MPTCP function entity, thereby completing the initial sub-TCP connection establishment process of the MPTCP connection.
535 , 该 PGW上配置的 MPTCP功能实体与该 IP主机建立 TCP连接。 535. The MPTCP functional entity configured on the PGW establishes a TCP connection with the IP host.
MPTCP 功能实体在 530 中已经透明地转发该 UE 所发送的携带 MP_CAPABLE选项的 TCP SYN包给目标 IP地址,当该目标 IP主机回应的不 携带 MP_CAPABLE选项的 TCP SYN-ACK数据包后, MPTCP功能实体向目 标 IP主机发送 TCP ACK数据包从而完成常规 TCP连接的建立。 The MPTCP function entity transparently forwards the TCP SYN packet sent by the UE carrying the MP_CAPABLE option to the target IP address in 530. When the target IP host responds with a TCP SYN-ACK packet that does not carry the MP_CAPABLE option, the MPTCP functional entity A TCP ACK packet is sent to the target IP host to complete the establishment of a regular TCP connection.
可选地, 530与 535可以同时执行, 例如, 可以同时建立上述 TCP连接和 上述初始子 TCP连接。  Alternatively, 530 and 535 can be performed simultaneously, for example, the above TCP connection and the above initial sub-TCP connection can be established at the same time.
540, 多模 UE通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 PDN连接与 PGW上配置的 MPTCP功能实体增加一个已建立的 MPTCP连接的新的子 TCP连接。  540. The multimode UE adds a new sub-TCP connection of an established MPTCP connection to the MPTCP functional entity configured on the PGW through a PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN.
针对在多模 UE接入 EUTRAN时 PGW为其分配的 IP地址, 多模 UE可 以在多模 UE与 MPTCP功能实体之间新增该 MPTCP连接的子 TCP连接, 例 如, UE发送携带 MP_JOIN及标识此前已建立的 MPTCP连接的选项的 TCP SYN包给目标 IP地址, PGW上的 MPTCP功能实体根据 TCP SYN包携带的 MP_JOIN及标识此前已建立的 MPTCP 连接的选项知道是在 530 所建立的 MPTCP 连接上增加一个子 TCP 连接。 MPTCP 功能实体向 UE发送携带 MP_JOIN的选项的 TCP SYN-ACK的数据包, 然后 UE向目标 IP地址发送携 带 MP_JOIN的选项的 ACK的数据包, 从而完成了 MPTCP连接上子 TCP连 接的增加过程。 同样的,多模 UE可以通过 MPTCP的路径管理功能向 MPTCP 功能实体通知自己的其它 IP地址, 以便建立该 MPTCP连接的新的子 TCP连 接。 MPTCP功能实体向 UE发起建立一个新的子 TCP连接过程与前面 UE发 起建立一个新的子 TCP连接过程类似, 这里不再作详细的说明。 For the IP address assigned by the PGW when the multimode UE accesses the EUTRAN, the multimode UE can add the sub TCP connection of the MPTCP connection between the multimode UE and the MPTCP functional entity, for example. For example, the UE sends a TCP SYN packet carrying the MP_JOIN and an option identifying the previously established MPTCP connection to the target IP address, and the MPTCP function entity on the PGW knows according to the MP_JOIN carried in the TCP SYN packet and the option to identify the previously established MPTCP connection. Add a sub-TCP connection to the MPTCP connection established by 530. The MPTCP function entity sends a packet of the TCP SYN-ACK carrying the option of MP_JOIN to the UE, and then the UE sends a packet carrying the ACK of the option of MP_JOIN to the destination IP address, thereby completing the process of adding the sub-TCP connection on the MPTCP connection. Similarly, the multimode UE can notify the MPTCP function entity of its other IP address through the path management function of MPTCP in order to establish a new sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection. The process in which the MPTCP function entity initiates a new sub-TCP connection to the UE is similar to the process in which the previous UE initiates a new sub-TCP connection, and will not be described in detail herein.
550,多模 UE在向该 IP主机发送应用层数据时,可以将应用层数据分流, 并且通过 UTRAN的 MPTCP连接的子 TCP连接发送一个子数据流。  550. When the multi-mode UE sends the application layer data to the IP host, the application layer data may be offloaded, and a sub-data stream is sent through the sub-TCP connection of the UTRAN MPTCP connection.
例如, 当上述 MPTCP连接和 TCP连接建立后, 多模 UE就可以向 IP主 机发送数据了, 即多模 UE的 MPTCP子层将上层的应用层数据分包并且加上 MPTCP子层的序列号, 并且将加上序列号的数据 (用 MPTCP PDU来表示) 传递给下层的 TCP子层进行传输,这个 TCP子层在常规 TCP上增加了一些扩 展头及对应的功能, 换句话说, 这个 TCP子层将 MPTCP PDU通过子 TCP连 接传输到 MPTCP功能实体。由于 MPTCP子层下可以有多个 TCP子层, MPTCP 子层将 MPTCP PDU依次交给多个 TCP子层进行传输。  For example, after the above MPTCP connection and the TCP connection are established, the multimode UE can send data to the IP host, that is, the MPTCP sublayer of the multimode UE subnets the upper application layer data and adds the sequence number of the MPTCP sublayer. And the data with the serial number (represented by MPTCP PDU) is transmitted to the lower layer TCP sublayer for transmission. This TCP sublayer adds some extension headers and corresponding functions on the conventional TCP. In other words, this TCP sub The layer transmits the MPTCP PDU to the MPTCP functional entity through the sub-TCP connection. Since there may be multiple TCP sublayers under the MPTCP sublayer, the MPTCP sublayer forwards the MPTCP PDUs to multiple TCP sublayers for transmission.
多模 UE通过 UTRAN的 MPTCP连接中的子 TCP连接发送的 MPTCP子 数据流的源地址为在多模 UE接入 UTRAN时 PGW为其分配的 IP地址,其目 标 IP地址和目标端口号为 IP主机的 IP地址和 TCP目标端口号。  The source address of the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the multi-mode UE through the sub-TCP connection in the UTRAN MPTCP connection is the IP address assigned by the PGW when the multi-mode UE accesses the UTRAN, and the target IP address and the destination port number are IP hosts. IP address and TCP destination port number.
555,多模 UE可以通过 EUTRAN的同一 MPTCP连接的另一个子 TCP连 接发送另一子数据流。 555与 550类似, 在此不再赘述。  555. The multi-mode UE may send another sub-data stream through another sub-TCP connection of the same MPTCP connection of the EUTRAN. 555 is similar to 550 and will not be described here.
560, MPTCP功能实体将通过 EUTRAN的 MPTCP连接的子 TCP连接所 发送的 MPTCP子数据流和通过 UTRAN的 MPTCP连接的另一个子 TCP连接 所发送的 MPTCP子数据流合并成应用层数据。 进一步, MPTCP功能实体将 该应用层数据打包成 TCP数据流, 并且将该 TCP数据流通过已建立的上述 TCP连接发送给 IP主机,该 TCP数据流的源 IP地址为多模 UE在接入 UTRAN 分配的 IP地址,其目标 IP地址和目标端口号为通过上述多个子 TCP连接发送 的子数据流的目标 IP地址和 TCP目标端口号。 560, the MPTCP functional entity will connect to the sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of EUTRAN The transmitted MPTCP sub-data stream and the MPTCP sub-data stream transmitted by another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of the UTRAN are merged into application layer data. Further, the MPTCP function entity packs the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and sends the TCP data stream to the IP host through the established TCP connection, where the source IP address of the TCP data stream is a multi-mode UE in accessing the UTRAN. The assigned IP address, whose target IP address and destination port number are the target IP address and TCP destination port number of the sub-data stream transmitted through the above plurality of sub-TCP connections.
例如, MPTCP功能实体一方面代理 IP主机与多模 UE建立了 MPTCP连 接, 另一方面 MPTCP功能实体代理多模 UE与 IP主机建立了 TCP连接。 当 上述 MPTCP连接和 TCP连接建立后, MPTCP功能实体就可以在多模 UE与 IP主机之间进行数据的转发, 即 MPTCP功能实体通过 MPTCP连接的多个子 TCP连接收到多模 UE的应用层数据后,通过 TCP连接转发到 IP主机; MPTCP 功能实体通过 TCP连接收到 IP主机的应用层数据后, 通过 MPTCP连接的多 个子 TCP连接将数据转发到多模 UE。  For example, the MPTCP function entity establishes an MPTCP connection with the multimode UE on the one hand, and on the other hand, the MPTCP function entity proxy multimode UE establishes a TCP connection with the IP host. After the MPTCP connection and the TCP connection are established, the MPTCP function entity can forward data between the multi-mode UE and the IP host, that is, the MPTCP function entity receives the application layer data of the multi-mode UE through multiple sub-TCP connections connected by the MPTCP. Afterwards, the data is forwarded to the IP host through the TCP connection; after receiving the application layer data of the IP host through the TCP connection, the MPTCP function entity forwards the data to the multi-mode UE through multiple sub-TCP connections connected by the MPTCP.
例如, MPTCP子层接收到下层的多个 TCP子层的 MPTCP PDU后, 依据 MPTCP PDU上的序列号, 对这些 MPTCP PDU进行重组, 形成 MPTCP SDU (即应用层数据) , 提供给上层的应用层。  For example, after receiving the MPTCP PDUs of the multiple TCP sublayers of the lower layer, the MPTCP sublayer reassembles the MPTCP PDUs according to the sequence number on the MPTCP PDU to form an MPTCP SDU (ie, application layer data), and provides the upper layer application layer. .
570 , 在 IP主机向 UE发送应用层数据时, IP主机可以将应用层数据转换 成 TCP数据流, 通过上述 TCP连接发送 TCP数据流。  570. When the IP host sends application layer data to the UE, the IP host may convert the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and send the TCP data stream by using the foregoing TCP connection.
580, PGW上布置的 MPTCP功能实体接收该 TCP数据流之后,通过 TCP 层将其转换成应用层数据, 并且通过 MPTCP子层将该应用层数据分流为两个 MPTCP子数据流,并且通过 UTRAN的 PDN连接及 MPTCP连接的一个子 TCP 连接发送一个子数据流。  580. After receiving the TCP data stream, the MPTCP function entity disposed on the PGW converts the TCP data stream into application layer data by using a TCP layer, and offloads the application layer data into two MPTCP sub-data streams through the MPTCP sublayer, and passes through the UTRAN. A sub-TCP connection of the PDN connection and the MPTCP connection sends a sub-data stream.
585 , PGW 上布置的 MPTCP 功能实体通过 EUTRAN 的 PDN连接及 MPTCP 连接的另一个子 TCP 连接发送另一个子数据流。 多模 UE将通过 EUTRAN的 PDN连接发送的 MPTCP子数据流和通过 UTRAN的 PDN连接发 送的 MPTCP子数据流合并成应用层数据并且上传给应用层。 585. The MPTCP functional entity disposed on the PGW sends another sub-data stream through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection. The multimode UE will send the MPTCP sub-data stream sent through the PUT connection of the EUTRAN and the PDN connection through the UTRAN. The sent MPTCP sub-data streams are merged into application layer data and uploaded to the application layer.
上述两个 MPTCP子数据流的源 IP地址和源端口号可以为 570中 TCP数 据流中的源 IP地址和 TCP源端口号。  The source IP address and source port number of the two MPTCP sub-streams may be the source IP address and the TCP source port number in the TCP data stream in 570.
根据本发明的实施例, 当一个多模 UE与接入到同一个 APN与 P-GW的 另一 UE进行通信时, 此时的 IP数据包可以不通过 P-GW外的 SGi接口, 因 此, P-GW中的 MPTCP功能实体就可实现在多模 UE与另一 UE之间 MPTCP 与 TCP之间的转换及应用层数据的转发,从而能够支持 PGW内部 UE之间的 通信。  According to an embodiment of the present invention, when a multimode UE communicates with another UE accessing the same APN and the P-GW, the IP data packet at this time may not pass through the SGi interface outside the P-GW, therefore, The MPTCP functional entity in the P-GW can implement the conversion between the MPTCP and the TCP and the forwarding of the application layer data between the multi-mode UE and another UE, thereby being able to support communication between the internal UEs of the PGW.
应理解,本发明的实施例多模 UE也可以通过 EUTRAN建立初始 MPTCP 连接, 并且通过 UTRAN建立新的 MPTCP连接。  It should be understood that the multi-mode UE of the embodiment of the present invention can also establish an initial MPTCP connection through the EUTRAN and establish a new MPTCP connection through the UTRAN.
还应理解, 本发明的实施例还可以由 IP主机向多模 UE发起 TCP连接的 建立。 例如, 当 IP主机发起到多模 UE的 TCP通信时, IP主机使用源 IP地址 IP-D与多模 UE的 IP地址 IP-1发起 TCP的通信, 当这个 TCP包到达 MPTCP 功能实体时, MPTCP可解析出收到的 IP包的目标 IP地址 IP-1 , 并自动启动 代理此 IP地址 IP-1的 TCP功能, 建立与 IP主机的 TCP连接, 然后与多模 UE启动 MPTCP连接的建立,即 MPTCP功能实体收到的 IP主机发送的 IP数 据包的源 IP地址 IP-D为源地址, 以此 IP数据包的目标 IP地址 IP-1为目标地 址代理 IP-D向 IP-1发起 MPTCP连接的建立。换句话说, MPTCP功能实体一 方面代理多模 UE与 IP主机建立 TCP建立, 另一方面代理 IP主机与多模 UE 建立 MPTCP连接。 当此 MPTCP连接和 TCP连接建立后, MPTCP 功能实体 就可以在多模 UE与 IP主机之间进行数据的转发了,即 MPTCP功能实体通过 TCP连接收到 IP主机的应用层数据后, 通过 MPTCP连接转发到多模主机, MPTCP功能实体通过 MPTCP连接收到多模 UE的应用层数据后, 通过 TCP 连接转发到 IP主机。  It should also be understood that embodiments of the present invention may also initiate the establishment of a TCP connection by the IP host to the multimode UE. For example, when the IP host initiates TCP communication to the multimode UE, the IP host initiates TCP communication with the IP address IP-1 of the multimode UE using the source IP address IP-D. When the TCP packet reaches the MPTCP functional entity, MPTCP The target IP address IP-1 of the received IP packet can be parsed, and the TCP function of proxying the IP address IP-1 is automatically started, a TCP connection with the IP host is established, and then the establishment of the MPTCP connection with the multimode UE is started, that is, The source IP address IP-D of the IP data packet sent by the IP host received by the MPTCP function entity is the source address, and the IP address of the IP data packet IP-1 is used as the destination address proxy IP-D to initiate an MPTCP connection to the IP-1. The establishment of. In other words, the MPTCP functional entity proxyes the multimode UE to establish a TCP connection with the IP host, and on the other hand, the proxy IP host establishes an MPTCP connection with the multimode UE. After the MPTCP connection and the TCP connection are established, the MPTCP function entity can forward data between the multimode UE and the IP host, that is, the MPTCP function entity receives the application layer data of the IP host through the TCP connection, and then connects through the MPTCP. Forwarded to the multimode host, the MPTCP function entity receives the application layer data of the multimode UE through the MPTCP connection, and then forwards it to the IP host through the TCP connection.
图 6 是根据本发明的另一实施例提供的通信过程的示意性流程图。 图 6 的方法是图 2、 图 3和图 4的方法的另一个例子。 除了 MPTCP功能实体所处 的位置不同外, 图 6的 610至 520与图 5的 510至 520相同, 并且图 6的 650 至 685与图 5的 550至 585相同, 在此适当省略详细的描述。 FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication process according to another embodiment of the present invention. Figure 6 The method is another example of the methods of Figures 2, 3 and 4. 610 to 520 of FIG. 6 are the same as 510 to 520 of FIG. 5 except for the position where the MPTCP functional entity is located, and 650 to 685 of FIG. 6 are the same as 550 to 585 of FIG. 5, and a detailed description is appropriately omitted herein.
图 6的实施例与图 5的实施例不同的是, PGW上配置的 MPTCP功能实 体预先知道(例如, 通过配置) 目标 IP主机不支持 MPTCP功能, 则 MPTCP 功能实体可首先与 UE建立 MPTCP连接的初始子 TCP连接,然后与在初始子 TCP连接上增加一个子 TCP连接, 最后再与目标 IP建立一个一般的 TCP连 接。  The embodiment of FIG. 6 is different from the embodiment of FIG. 5 in that the MPTCP function entity configured on the PGW knows in advance (for example, by configuration) that the target IP host does not support the MPTCP function, and the MPTCP function entity may first establish an MPTCP connection with the UE. Initially a sub-TCP connection, then add a sub-TCP connection to the initial sub-TCP connection, and finally establish a general TCP connection with the target IP.
610, 多模 UE通过 UTRAN与 PGW建立 PDN连接。  610. The multimode UE establishes a PDN connection with the PGW through the UTRAN.
620 , 多模 UE通过 EUTRAN与 PGW建立另一 PDN连接。  620. The multimode UE establishes another PDN connection with the PGW through the EUTRAN.
630,多模 UE通过与 UTRAN相对应的 PDN连接与 PGW上配置的 MPTCP 功能实体建立初始 MPTCP连接的初始子 TCP连接。  630. The multimode UE establishes an initial sub-TCP connection of the initial MPTCP connection with the MPTCP functional entity configured on the PGW through a PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN.
例如, 针对在多模 UE接入 UTRAN时 PGW为其分配的 IP地址, 多模 UE可以通过向 IP主机发送 MPTCP连接建立请求来启动或发起 MPTCP连接, 该 MPTCP连接建立请求可以是 TCP SYN包(即用于发起 "三次握手" 的数 据包) , 并且该 TCP SYN包可以携带 MP_CAPABLE选项, 用于指示该多模 UE支持 MPTCP功能, 该 TCP SYN包的源地址为多模 UE的接入 UTRAN时 PGW为其分配的 IP地址, 目的地址为 IP主机的 IP地址。 PGW上的 MPTCP 功能实体接收到该 TCP SYN包后, 可以解析出收到的 TCP SYN包的目的 IP 地址 IP-D, 并自动启动代理此 IP地址 IP-D的 TCP功能, 即根据该 TCP SYN 包与多模 UE建立 MPTCP连接, 例如, 向多模 UE返回 SYN-ACK包, 该 SYN-ACK 包携带 MP_CAPABLE选项, 用于指示该 MPTCP功能实体支持 MPTCP功能,多模 UE在收到该 SYN-ACK包后向 MPTCP功能实体发送 ACK 包, 从而完成了初始 MPTCP连接的建立过程。  For example, for the IP address assigned by the PGW when the multi-mode UE accesses the UTRAN, the multi-mode UE may initiate or initiate an MPTCP connection by sending an MPTCP connection establishment request to the IP host, and the MPTCP connection establishment request may be a TCP SYN packet ( That is, a packet for initiating a "three-way handshake", and the TCP SYN packet may carry an MP_CAPABLE option for indicating that the multi-mode UE supports the MPTCP function, and the source address of the TCP SYN packet is when the multi-mode UE accesses the UTRAN. The IP address assigned by the PGW, and the destination address is the IP address of the IP host. After receiving the TCP SYN packet, the MPTCP function entity on the PGW can parse the destination IP address IP-D of the received TCP SYN packet, and automatically initiate the TCP function of proxying the IP address IP-D, that is, according to the TCP SYN. The packet establishes an MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE, for example, returns a SYN-ACK packet to the multi-mode UE, and the SYN-ACK packet carries an MP_CAPABLE option, which is used to indicate that the MPTCP functional entity supports the MPTCP function, and the multi-mode UE receives the SYN- After the ACK packet, the ACK packet is sent to the MPTCP function entity, thereby completing the establishment process of the initial MPTCP connection.
635 , 多模 UE通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 PDN连接与 PGW上配置的 MPTCP 功能实体增加一个已建立的 MPTCP 连接的新的子 TCP 连接, 或 MPTCP功能实体通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 PDN连接与 UE增加一个子 TCP 连接。 635. The multimode UE is configured by using a PDN corresponding to the EUTRAN and the PGW. The MPTCP functional entity adds a new sub-TCP connection to an established MPTCP connection, or the MPTCP functional entity adds a sub-TCP connection to the UE through a PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN.
针对在多模 UE接入 EUTRAN时 PGW为其分配的 IP地址, 多模 UE可 以在多模 UE与 MPTCP功能实体之间新增该 MPTCP连接的子 TCP连接, 例 如, UE发送携带 MP_JOIN及标识此前已建立的 MPTCP连接的选项的 TCP SYN包给目标 IP地址, PGW上的 MPTCP功能实体根据 TCP SYN包携带的 MP_JOIN及标识此前已建立的 MPTCP 连接的选项知道是在 630 所建立的 MPTCP 连接上增加一个子 TCP 连接。 MPTCP 功能实体向 UE发送携带 MPJOIN的选项的 TCP SYN-ACK的数据包, 然后 UE向目标 IP地址发送携 带 MP_JOIN的选项的 ACK的数据包, 从而完成了 MPTCP连接上子 TCP连 接的增加过程。 同样的,多模 UE可以通过 MPTCP的路径管理功能向 MPTCP 功能实体通知自己的其它 IP地址, 以便建立该 MPTCP连接的新的子 TCP连 接。 MPTCP功能实体向 UE发起建立一个新的子 TCP连接过程与前面 UE发 起建立一个新的子 TCP连接过程类似, 这里不再作详细的说明。  For the IP address assigned by the PGW to the multi-mode UE when the ETURAN is connected to the EUTRAN, the multi-mode UE may add a sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection between the multi-mode UE and the MPTCP functional entity. For example, the UE sends the MP_JOIN and the identifier. The TCP SYN packet of the established MPTCP connection option is given to the destination IP address. The MPTCP function entity on the PGW knows that the MP_JOIN carried in the TCP SYN packet and the option to identify the previously established MPTCP connection are added to the MPTCP connection established in 630. A child TCP connection. The MPTCP function entity sends a packet of TCP SYN-ACK carrying the option of MPJOIN to the UE, and then the UE sends a packet carrying the ACK of the option of MP_JOIN to the destination IP address, thereby completing the process of adding the TCP connection on the MPTCP connection. Similarly, the multimode UE can notify the MPTCP function entity of its other IP address through the path management function of MPTCP to establish a new sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection. The process in which the MPTCP function entity initiates a new sub-TCP connection to the UE is similar to the process in which the previous UE initiates a new sub-TCP connection, and will not be described in detail herein.
640 , 该 PGW上配置的 MPTCP功能实体与该 IP主机建立 TCP连接。 MPTCP功能实体可以以上述 TCP SYN包的源地址(即在多模 UE接入 UTRAN时 PGW为其分配的 IP地址 ) 为源地址, 以上述 TCP SYN包的目的 地址(即 IP主机的 IP地址)为目的 IP地址,代理多模 UE向 IP主机发起 TCP 连接的建立。 同样,该 TCP连接的建立过程也是三次握手的过程,与常规 TCP 连接的建立过程类似, 在此不再赘述。  640. The MPTCP functional entity configured on the PGW establishes a TCP connection with the IP host. The MPTCP function entity may use the source address of the above TCP SYN packet (that is, the IP address assigned by the PGW when the multimode UE accesses the UTRAN) as the source address, and the destination address of the TCP SYN packet (ie, the IP address of the IP host). For the destination IP address, the proxy multimode UE initiates the establishment of a TCP connection to the IP host. Similarly, the establishment process of the TCP connection is also a three-way handshake process, which is similar to the process of establishing a regular TCP connection, and will not be described here.
650,多模 UE在向该 IP主机发送应用层数据时,可以将应用层数据分流, 并且通过 UTRAN的 MPTCP连接的一个子 TCP连接发送一个子数据流。  650. When the multi-mode UE sends the application layer data to the IP host, the application layer data may be offloaded, and a sub-data stream is sent through a sub-TCP connection of the UTRAN MPTCP connection.
655,多模 UE可以通过 EUTRAN的同一 MPTCP连接的另一个子 TCP连 接发送另一子数据流。 660, MPTCP功能实体将通过 EUTRAN的 MPTCP连接的子 TCP连接所 发送的 MPTCP子数据流和通过 UTRAN的 MPTCP连接的另一个子 TCP连接 所发送的 MPTCP子数据流合并成应用层数据。 进一步, MPTCP功能实体将 该应用层数据打包成 TCP数据流, 并且将该 TCP数据流通过已建立的上述 TCP连接发送给 IP主机,该 TCP数据流的源 IP地址为多模 UE在接入 UTRAN 分配的 IP地址,其目标 IP地址和目标端口号为通过上述多个子 TCP连接发送 的子数据流的目标 IP地址和 TCP目标端口号。 655. The multi-mode UE may send another sub-data stream through another sub-TCP connection of the same MPTCP connection of the EUTRAN. 660. The MPTCP function entity merges the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of the EUTRAN with the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of the UTRAN into the application layer data. Further, the MPTCP function entity packs the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and sends the TCP data stream to the IP host through the established TCP connection, where the source IP address of the TCP data stream is a multi-mode UE in accessing the UTRAN. The assigned IP address, whose target IP address and destination port number are the target IP address and TCP destination port number of the sub-data stream transmitted through the above plurality of sub-TCP connections.
670 , 在 IP主机向 UE发送应用层数据时, IP主机可以将应用层数据转换 成 TCP数据流, 通过上述 TCP连接发送 TCP数据流。  670. When the IP host sends application layer data to the UE, the IP host may convert the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and send the TCP data stream by using the foregoing TCP connection.
680, PGW上布置的 MPTCP功能实体接收该 TCP数据流之后,通过 TCP 层将其转换成应用层数据, 并且通过 MPTCP子层将该应用层数据分流为两个 MPTCP子数据流,并且通过 UTRAN的 PDN连接及 MPTCP连接的一个子 TCP 连接发送一个子数据流。  680. After receiving the TCP data stream, the MPTCP function entity disposed on the PGW converts the TCP data stream into application layer data by using a TCP layer, and offloads the application layer data into two MPTCP sub-data streams through the MPTCP sublayer, and passes through the UTRAN. A sub-TCP connection of the PDN connection and the MPTCP connection sends a sub-data stream.
685 , PGW 上布置的 MPTCP 功能实体通过 EUTRAN 的 PDN连接及 MPTCP 连接的另一个子 TCP 连接发送另一个子数据流。 多模 UE将通过 EUTRAN的 PDN连接发送的 MPTCP子数据流和通过 UTRAN的 PDN连接发 送的 MPTCP子数据流合并成应用层数据并且上传给应用层。  685. The MPTCP functional entity disposed on the PGW sends another sub-data stream through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection. The multimode UE combines the MPTCP substream sent through the EDNRAN's PDN connection with the MPTCP substream sent through the UTRAN's PDN connection into application layer data and uploads it to the application layer.
图 Ί 是根据本发明的另一实施例提供的通信过程的示意性流程图。 图 7 的方法是图 2、 图 3和图 4的方法的另一个例子。 除了 MPTCP功能实体所处 的位置不同外, 图 7的 710至 785与图 5的 510至 585类似,在此适当省略详 细的描述。  Figure Ί is a schematic flow chart of a communication process provided in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. The method of Figure 7 is another example of the method of Figures 2, 3 and 4. 710 to 785 of Fig. 7 are similar to 510 to 585 of Fig. 5 except that the position of the MPTCP functional entity is different, and a detailed description is omitted as appropriate.
本实施例以多模 UE 分别通过两个 IMSI接入无线接入网 UTRAN 和 EUTRAN为例进行说明。 在本实施例中, MPTCP功能实体可以布置在 PGW 外的 SGi接口上, 或者, 布置在 PGW通过 SGi接口连接到的路由器或交换机 上。 多模 UE通过 EUTRAN和 UTRAN与同一个 PGW建立两个 PDN连接。 当该多模 UE的用户与无线运营商签约了一个 APN时,上述两个 IMSI都需要 与该 APN签约, 并且在 HSS上保存上述两个 IMSI签约该 APN的签约数据。 应理解, 该多模 UE还可以签约其他的 APN, 当该多模 UE的用户签约其他 APN时, 同样的, 这两个 IMSI都需要与其他 APN签约。 上述签约数据中可 以包括该 PGW的 PGW标识。 在本实施中, 优选的, 该 PGW标识为该 PGW 的 IP地址。 上述与多模 UE签约的每个 APN的签约数据中, 所签约的 PGW 标识使用相同的 P-GW IP地址。 因为 PGW的 IP地址是唯一的, 因此, 可以 保证上述两个 PDN连接建立到该 PGW上, 从而保证通过这两个 PDN连接传 输的 IP数据包可以经过该 PGW,使得 IP数据包也一定能够到达该 PGW外的 接口 SGi上的 MPTCP功能实体。 In this embodiment, the multi-mode UE accesses the radio access networks UTRAN and EUTRAN through two IMSIs as an example for description. In this embodiment, the MPTCP functional entity may be disposed on the SGi interface outside the PGW, or on the router or switch to which the PGW is connected through the SGi interface. The multimode UE establishes two PDN connections with the same PGW through EUTRAN and UTRAN. When the user of the multi-mode UE subscribes to an APN with the wireless carrier, the two IMSIs need to sign the APN, and the subscription data of the two IMSI subscriptions to the APN are saved on the HSS. It should be understood that the multi-mode UE can also sign other APNs. When the user of the multi-mode UE subscribes to other APNs, the two IMSIs need to be contracted with other APNs. The PGD identifier of the PGW may be included in the subscription data. In this implementation, preferably, the PGW identifier is an IP address of the PGW. In the subscription data of each APN contracted with the multi-mode UE, the signed PGW ID uses the same P-GW IP address. Because the IP address of the PGW is unique, it can be ensured that the two PDN connections are established on the PGW, so that the IP data packets transmitted through the two PDN connections can pass through the PGW, so that the IP data packet can also be reached. The MPTCP functional entity on the interface SGi outside the PGW.
710, 多模 UE通过 UTRAN与 PGW建立 PDN连接。  710. The multimode UE establishes a PDN connection with the PGW through the UTRAN.
720 , 多模 UE通过 EUTRAN与 PGW建立另一 PDN连接。  720. The multimode UE establishes another PDN connection with the PGW through the EUTRAN.
730, 多模 UE通过与 UTRAN相对应的 PDN连接与 PGW外的接口 SGi 上配置的 MPTCP功能实体建立 MPTCP连接的初始子 TCP连接。  730. The multi-mode UE establishes an initial sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection by using an PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN and an MPTCP function entity configured on the interface SGi outside the PGW.
735 , PGW外的 SGi上配置的 MPTCP功能实体与 IP主机建立 TCP连接。 735. The MPTCP function entity configured on the SGi outside the PGW establishes a TCP connection with the IP host.
740, 多模 UE通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 PDN连接与 PGW外的 SGi上 的 MPTCP功能实体在 730已建立的 MPTCP连接上增加了一个新的子 TCP连 接, 或 MPTCP功能实体通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 PDN连接与 UE增加一个 子 TCP连接。 740. The multimode UE adds a new sub-TCP connection to the established MPTCP connection of the 730 by the PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN and the MPTCP function entity on the SGi outside the PGW, or the MPTCP functional entity corresponds to the EUTRAN. The PDN connection adds a sub-TCP connection to the UE.
750, 多模 UE在向 IP主机发送应用层数据时, 可以将应用层数据分流, 并且通过 UTRAN的 MPTCP连接的一个子 TCP连接发送一个 MPTCP子数据 流。  750. When transmitting the application layer data to the IP host, the multimode UE may offload the application layer data, and send an MPTCP sub-data stream through a sub-TCP connection of the UTRAN MPTCP connection.
755 ,多模 UE可以通过 EUTRAN的 MPTCP连接的另一个子 TCP连接发 送另一 MPTCP子数据流。  755. The multi-mode UE may send another MPTCP sub-data stream through another sub-TCP connection of the EUTRAN MPTCP connection.
760, MPTCP功能实体将通过 EUTRAN的 MPTCP连接的一个子 TCP连 接发送的 MPTCP子数据流和通过 UTRAN的 MPTCP连接的另一个子 TCP连 接发送的另一个 MPTCP子数据流合并成应用层数据。 进一步, MPTCP功能 实体将该应用层数据转换为 TCP数据流, 并且将该 TCP数据流通过上述 TCP 连接发送给 IP主机。 760, the MPTCP functional entity will connect to a sub-TCP connection through the EUTRAN MPTCP connection The other MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the transmitted MPTCP sub-data stream and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection of the UTRAN is merged into application layer data. Further, the MPTCP function entity converts the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and sends the TCP data stream to the IP host through the TCP connection.
770, 在 IP主机向多模 UE发送应用层数据时, IP主机可以将应用层数据 转换成 TCP数据流, 通过上述 TCP连接发送 TCP数据流。  770. When the IP host sends the application layer data to the multimode UE, the IP host may convert the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and send the TCP data stream by using the foregoing TCP connection.
780, PGW外的 SGi上布置的 MPTCP功能实体接收该 TCP数据流之后, 通过 TCP层将其转换成应用层数据,并且通过 MPTCP层将该应用层数据分流 为两个 MPTCP子数据流,并且通过 UTRAN的 PDN连接及 MPTCP的一个子 TCP连接发送一个 MPTCP子数据流。  780. After receiving the TCP data stream, the MPTCP function entity disposed on the SGi outside the PGW converts the TCP data stream into application layer data by using a TCP layer, and offloads the application layer data into two MPTCP sub-data streams through the MPTCP layer, and passes the A PDN connection of UTRAN and a sub-TCP connection of MPTCP send an MPTCP sub-data stream.
785 , PGW外的 SGi上布置的 MPTCP功能实体通过 EUTRAN的 PDN连 接及 MPTCP的另一个子 TCP连接发送另一 MPTCP子数据流。 多模 UE将通 过 EUTRAN的 PDN连接发送的 MPTCP子数据流和通过 UTRAN的 PDN连 接发送的 MPTCP子数据流合并成应用层数据, 并且上传给应用层。  785. The MPTCP function entity disposed on the SGi outside the PGW sends another MPTCP sub-data stream through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP. The multimode UE combines the MPTCP substream sent through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN with the MPTCP substream sent through the PDN connection of the UTRAN into application layer data, and uploads it to the application layer.
本实施例将 MPTCP功能实体部署在 PGW外的 SGi接口上, 无需对目前 的 EPC与 RAN作任何的改变, 仅仅通过独立的部署 MPTCP功能实体就可以 实现,这样, PGW与 MPTCP功能实体没有必要由一个厂商来提供,并且 PGW 与 MPTCP功能实体可以单独进行升级与部署。  In this embodiment, the MPTCP functional entity is deployed on the SGi interface outside the PGW, and no change to the current EPC and RAN is required, and only the independent deployment of the MPTCP functional entity can be implemented, so that the PGW and the MPTCP functional entity are not necessary. One vendor provides it, and the PGW and MPTCP functional entities can be upgraded and deployed separately.
应当理解, 本发明的实施例多模 UE 也可以通过 EUTRAN 建立初始 MPTCP连接, 再通过 UTRAN建立新的 MPTCP连接。  It should be understood that the multi-mode UE of the embodiment of the present invention can also establish an initial MPTCP connection through the EUTRAN, and then establish a new MPTCP connection through the UTRAN.
图 8 是根据本发明的又一实施例提供的通信过程的示意性流程图。 图 8 的方法是图 2、 图 3和图 4的方法的又一个例子。  FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication process according to still another embodiment of the present invention. The method of Figure 8 is yet another example of the method of Figures 2, 3 and 4.
在本实施例中, MPTCP功能实体位于 PGW外的 SGi接口上, 并且 UE 通过 EUTRAN和 UTRAN分别与两个 PGW (例如, PGW1和 PGW2 )建立 PDN连接。 例如, 不同的 PGW通过同一个光纤连接到外部的 PDN, 则直接 将此光纤连接到 MPTCP功能实体后, 再连接到外部的 PDN。 可选地, 如果不 同的 PGW连接到同一个路由器或交换机, 则可以在这个路由器或交换机上实 现 MPTCP功能实体。 本实施例以多模 UE分别通过两个 IMSI接入 UTRAN 和 EUTRAN为例进行说明。当该多模 UE的用户与无线运营商签约了一个 APN 时, 上述两个 IMSI都需要与该 APN签约, 并且在 HSS上保存上述两个 IMSI 签约该 APN的签约数据。 应当理解, 该多模 UE还可以签约其他的 APN, 当 该多模 UE的用户签约其他 APN时, 同样的,这两个 IMSI都需要与其他 APN 签约。 上述签约数据中可以包括 PGW的 PGW标识。 在本实施中, 优选的, PGW标识为 PGW的 FQDN。上述与多模 UE签约的每个 APN的签约数据中, 所签约的 PGW标识使用同一 FQDN , 而不必一定要使用 PGW的 IP地址, 这 样, 两个 IMSI所建立的到同一个 APN的 PDN连接可以连接到不同的 PGW 上, 从而能够实现 PGW的负荷均衡。 In this embodiment, the MPTCP functional entity is located on the SGi interface outside the PGW, and the UE establishes a PDN connection with the two PGWs (eg, PGW1 and PGW2) through EUTRAN and UTRAN, respectively. For example, if different PGWs are connected to an external PDN through the same fiber, they are directly Connect this fiber to the MPTCP functional entity and connect to the external PDN. Alternatively, if different PGWs are connected to the same router or switch, the MPTCP functional entity can be implemented on this router or switch. This embodiment uses a multi-mode UE to access UTRAN and EUTRAN through two IMSIs as an example. When the user of the multi-mode UE subscribes to an APN with the wireless carrier, the two IMSIs need to sign the APN, and the subscription data of the two IMSI subscriptions to the APN are saved on the HSS. It should be understood that the multi-mode UE can also sign other APNs. When the user of the multi-mode UE subscribes to other APNs, the two IMSIs need to be contracted with other APNs. The PPG identifier of the PGW may be included in the above contract data. In this implementation, preferably, the PGW is identified as the FQDN of the PGW. In the subscription data of each APN that is subscribed to the multi-mode UE, the signed PGW ID uses the same FQDN, and does not necessarily have to use the IP address of the PGW. Thus, the PDN connection established by the two IMSIs to the same APN can be Connected to different PGWs to achieve load balancing of the PGW.
810, 多模 UE通过 UTRAN与 PGW1建立 PDN连接。  810. The multimode UE establishes a PDN connection with PGW1 through the UTRAN.
例如, 当该多模 UE需要通过 UTRAN接入某个无线运营商所提供的由该 APN所标识的 PDN时,该多模 UE可以通过该 UTRAN与属于该 APN的 PGW1 建立 PDN连接。该 PDN连接包括从该多模 UE到该 UTRAN的空口 Uu连接、 从该 UTRAN到 SGW的接口 S12或 S4连接以及从该 SGW到该 PGW1的接 口 S5连接。 多模 UE可以向 SGSN发送连接建立请求, 该连接建立请求包括 与 UTRAN相对应的 IMSI1和该多模 UE需要接入的 APN。 该 SGSN根据该 IMSI1通过查询 HSS得到 APN相关的签约数据, 并根据该签约数据中的该 PGW1的 FQDN建立 PDN连接,其中 PGW1可以为该多模 UE分配与该 IMSI1 相对应的 IP地址。  For example, when the multimode UE needs to access the PDN provided by the APN provided by a certain wireless carrier through the UTRAN, the multimode UE can establish a PDN connection with the PGW1 belonging to the APN through the UTRAN. The PDN connection includes an air interface Uu connection from the multimode UE to the UTRAN, an interface S12 or S4 connection from the UTRAN to the SGW, and an interface S5 connection from the SGW to the PGW1. The multimode UE may send a connection setup request to the SGSN, the connection setup request including the IMSI1 corresponding to the UTRAN and the APN to which the multimode UE needs to access. The SGSN obtains APN-related subscription data by querying the HSS according to the IMSI1, and establishes a PDN connection according to the FQDN of the PGW1 in the subscription data, where the PGW1 can allocate an IP address corresponding to the IMSI1 for the multi-mode UE.
820 , 多模 UE通过 EUTRAN与 PGW2建立另一 PDN连接。  820. The multimode UE establishes another PDN connection with the PGW2 through the EUTRAN.
例如, 该多模 UE可以通过 EUTRAN与属于该 APN的 PGW2建立另一 PDN连接。 该 PDN连接包括从该多模 UE到 EUTRAN的空口连接 LTE-Uu、 从 EUTRAN到 SGW的接口 Sl-U连接以及从该 SGW到该 PGW2的接口 S5 连接。 多模 UE 可以向 MME发送连接建立请求, 该连接建立请求包括与 EUTRAN对应的 IMSI2和上述 APN。该 MME根据该 IMSI2通过查询 HSS得 到 APN相关的签约数据,并根据该签约数据中的该 PGW2的 FQDN建立多模 UE与 PGW2之间的 PDN连接, 其中该 PGW2可以为多模 UE分配与该 IMSI 相对应的 IP地址。 For example, the multi-mode UE can establish another PDN connection with the PGW 2 belonging to the APN through the EUTRAN. The PDN connection includes an air interface connection LTE-Uu from the multimode UE to the EUTRAN, The interface Sl-U connection from the EUTRAN to the SGW and the interface S5 from the SGW to the PGW2 are connected. The multimode UE may send a connection establishment request to the MME, the connection establishment request including the IMSI2 corresponding to the EUTRAN and the above APN. The MME obtains APN-related subscription data by querying the HSS according to the IMSI2, and establishes a PDN connection between the multi-mode UE and the PGW2 according to the FQDN of the PGW2 in the subscription data, where the PGW2 can allocate the IMSI with the IMSI. Corresponding IP address.
830, IP主机与在 SGi上配置的 MPTCP功能实体建立 TCP连接。  830. The IP host establishes a TCP connection with the MPTCP functional entity configured on the SGi.
IP主机可以选择多模 UE的某个 IP地址为目标地址发起 TCP连接的建立。 同样, 该 TCP连接的建立过程也是三次握手的过程, 与常规 TCP连接的建立 过程类似, 在此不再赘述。 MPTCP可解析出收到的 IP包的目标 IP地址, 并 自动启动代理此 IP地址的 TCP功能。  The IP host can select an IP address of the multimode UE to initiate the establishment of a TCP connection for the destination address. Similarly, the establishment process of the TCP connection is also a three-way handshake process, which is similar to the process of establishing a regular TCP connection, and will not be described here. MPTCP can parse the destination IP address of the received IP packet and automatically start the TCP function that proxyes this IP address.
840, 在上述 SGi上配置的 MPTCP功能实体通过与 UTRAN对应的 PDN 连接与多模 UE建立初始 MPTCP连接。  840. The MPTCP functional entity configured on the SGi establishes an initial MPTCP connection with the multi-mode UE by using a PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN.
例如, MPTCP功能实体可以向多模 UE发送 MPTCP连接建立请求, 该 MPTCP连接建立请求可以是 TCP SYN包(即用于发起 "三次握手"的数据包), 并且该 TCP SYN包可以携带 MP_CAPABLE选项, 用于指示该多模 UE, 此 TCP数据的发送方支持 MPTCP功能,该 TCP SYN包的源地址为 IP主机的 IP 地址, 目标地址为上述解析出的 IP包的目标 IP地址。 多模 UE接收到该 TCP SYN包后, 根据该 TCP SYN包及所携带 MP_CAPABLE选项与 MPTCP功能 实体建立 MPTCP连接, 例如, 向 MPTCP功能实体返回包含 SYN与 ACK标 识的 TCP包( TCP SYN-ACK包), 该 TCP SYN-ACK包携带 MP_CAPABLE 选项,用于指示该多模 UE支持 MPTCP功能, MPTCP功能实体在收到该 TCP SYN-ACK包后向多模 UE发送携带 MP_CAPABLE选项的包含 ACK标识的 TCP包, 从而完成了初始 MPTCP连接及第一个子 TCP连接的建立过程。  For example, the MPTCP function entity may send an MPTCP connection establishment request to the multi-mode UE, where the MPTCP connection establishment request may be a TCP SYN packet (ie, a data packet for initiating a "three-way handshake"), and the TCP SYN packet may carry the MP_CAPABLE option. For indicating the multi-mode UE, the sender of the TCP data supports the MPTCP function, the source address of the TCP SYN packet is the IP address of the IP host, and the target address is the target IP address of the parsed IP packet. After receiving the TCP SYN packet, the multimode UE establishes an MPTCP connection with the MPTCP function entity according to the TCP SYN packet and the carried MP_CAPABLE option, for example, returns a TCP packet containing the SYN and ACK identifiers to the MPTCP function entity (TCP SYN-ACK packet) The TCP SYN-ACK packet carries an MP_CAPABLE option for indicating that the multimode UE supports the MPTCP function, and the MPTCP function entity sends the TCP containing the ACK identifier carrying the MP_CAPABLE option to the multimode UE after receiving the TCP SYN-ACK packet. The packet completes the initial MPTCP connection and the establishment of the first sub-TCP connection.
应理解, 本发明的实施例对 830和 840的执行顺序不作限制 830和 840 可以同时执行。 It should be understood that embodiments of the present invention do not limit the order of execution of 830 and 840 830 and 840. Can be executed at the same time.
845 , 在 SGi上配置的 MPTCP功能实体通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 PDN 连接与多模 UE在已建立的 MPTCP连接上新建一个子 TCP连接。  845. The MPTCP function entity configured on the SGi establishes a sub-TCP connection with the multi-mode UE on the established MPTCP connection by using a PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN.
MPTCP功能实体还可以通过类似的方法在多模 UE与 MPTCP功能实体 之间在已建 MPTCP连接中新建其它子 TCP连接。 例如, 多模 UE可以通过 MPTCP的路径管理功能向 MPTCP功能实体通知自己的 IP地址, 以便建立新 的子 TCP连接。  The MPTCP functional entity can also create other sub-TCP connections in the established MPTCP connection between the multi-mode UE and the MPTCP functional entity in a similar manner. For example, the multimode UE can notify the MPTCP function entity of its own IP address through the path management function of MPTCP to establish a new sub-TCP connection.
850, 在 IP主机向多模 UE发送应用层数据时, IP主机可以将应用层数据 转换成 TCP数据流, 通过上述 TCP连接发送 TCP数据流。  850. When the IP host sends the application layer data to the multimode UE, the IP host may convert the application layer data into a TCP data stream, and send the TCP data stream by using the foregoing TCP connection.
860,在 SGi上布置的 MPTCP功能实体接收该 TCP数据流之后,通过 TCP 层将其转换成应用层数据, 并且通过 MPTCP子层将该应用层数据分流为两个 MPTCP子数据流, 并且通过与 UTRAN相对应的 PDN连接及 MPTCP连接的 一个子 TCP连接发送一个 MPTCP子数据流。  860. After receiving the TCP data stream, the MPTCP function entity disposed on the SGi converts the data layer into application layer data through a TCP layer, and offloads the application layer data into two MPTCP sub-data streams through the MPTCP sublayer, and passes the A PDN connection corresponding to the UTRAN and a sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection send an MPTCP sub-data stream.
865 , 在 SGi上布置的 MPTCP功能实体通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 PDN 连接及 MPTCP连接的另一个子 TCP连接发送另一 MPTCP子数据流。 多模 UE将通过 EUTRAN的 PDN连接发送的 MPTCP子数据流和通过 UTRAN的 PDN连接发送的 MPTCP子数据流合并成应用层数据, 并且上传给应用层。  865. The MPTCP functional entity disposed on the SGi sends another MPTCP sub-data stream through a PDN connection corresponding to the EUTRAN and another sub-TCP connection of the MPTCP connection. The multimode UE combines the MPTCP substream sent through the PDN connection of the EUTRAN and the MPTCP substream sent through the PDN connection of the UTRAN into application layer data, and uploads it to the application layer.
870, 多模 UE在向 IP主机发送应用层数据时, 可以将应用层数据分流, 并且通过与 UTRAN相对应的 MPTCP 连接中的一个子 TCP 连接发送一个 MPTCP子数据流。  870. When transmitting the application layer data to the IP host, the multimode UE may offload the application layer data, and send an MPTCP sub-data stream through a sub-TCP connection in the MPTCP connection corresponding to the UTRAN.
875 , 多模 UE可以通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 MPTCP连接中的另一个子 TCP连接发送另一 MPTCP子数据流。  875. The multimode UE may send another MPTCP sub-data stream through another sub-TCP connection in the MPTCP connection corresponding to the EUTRAN.
880, MPTCP功能实体将通过与 EUTRAN相对应的 MPTCP连接发送的 MPTCP子数据流和通过与 UTRAN相对应的 MPTCP连接发送的 MPTCP子数 据流合并成应用层数据。进一步, MPTCP功能实体将该应用层数据转换为 TCP 数据流, 并且将该 TCP数据流通过上述 TCP连接发送给 IP主机。 应理解, 本发明的实施例的多模 UE 与 MPTCP 功能实体也可以先通过 EUTRAN建立初始子 TCP连接, 再通过 UTRAN建立新的子 TCP连接。 880. The MPTCP function entity merges the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the MPTCP connection corresponding to the EUTRAN and the MPTCP sub-data stream sent by the MPTCP connection corresponding to the UTRAN into application layer data. Further, the MPTCP functional entity converts the application layer data into TCP The data stream is sent to the IP host through the TCP connection. It should be understood that the multi-mode UE and the MPTCP functional entity of the embodiment of the present invention may also establish an initial sub-TCP connection through the EUTRAN, and then establish a new sub-TCP connection through the UTRAN.
上面描述了根据本发明实施例的通信方法, 下面分别结合图 9和图 10描 述根据本发明实施例的通信设备和 UE。  The communication method according to the embodiment of the present invention has been described above, and the communication device and the UE according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to Figs. 9 and 10, respectively.
图 9是根据本发明的实施例提供的通信设备 900的结构性示意图。通信设 备 900包括建立模块 910和转发模块 920。  FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 900 provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The communication device 900 includes a setup module 910 and a forwarding module 920.
建立模块 910经由多个无线接入网与具有多个互联网协议 IP地址的 UE 建立 MPTCP连接, 并且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 其中该 MPTCP连接 包括与上述多个 IP地址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连接。 转发模块 920在上述 多个第一子 TCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发数据。  The establishing module 910 establishes an MPTCP connection with a UE having multiple Internet Protocol IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, and establishes a second TCP connection with the IP host, where the MPTCP connection includes multiples corresponding to the multiple IP addresses. The first child TCP connection. The forwarding module 920 forwards data between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
本发明实施例可以经由多个无线接入网与具有多个 IP地址的 UE建立 MPTCP连接, 与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 并且在该 MPTCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发数据流, 从而能够实现 UE同时使用多个 IP地址与另一个 IP主机进行数据传输。  The embodiment of the present invention may establish an MPTCP connection with a UE having multiple IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, and forward the data stream between the MPTCP connection and the second TCP connection, thereby It is possible to realize that the UE simultaneously uses multiple IP addresses to perform data transmission with another IP host.
根据本发明的实施例, 建立模块 910基于该 UE的多个 PDN连接, 经由 上述多个无线接入网与该 UE建立上述多个第一子 TCP连接, 其中上述多个 第一子 TCP连接与上述多个 PDN连接相对应。  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the establishing module 910 establishes the multiple first sub-TCP connections with the UE via the multiple radio access networks, based on the multiple PDN connections of the UE, where the multiple first sub-TCP connections are The plurality of PDN connections described above correspond.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 建立模块 910还基于该 UE的多个签约数据与 该 UE建立上述多个 PDN连接, 并且为该 UE分配与上述多个 PDN连接相对 应的上述多个 IP地址,上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多个 IMSI并且对应 于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和同一 PGW的标识, 该 PGW的标识为 PGW的 IP地址, 上述多个签约数据存储在 家乡签约服务器 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体节点从该 HSS获取。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the establishing module 910 further establishes the multiple PDN connections with the UE according to the multiple subscription data of the UE, and allocate, to the UE, the multiple IPs corresponding to the multiple PDN connections. The address, the multiple subscription data corresponding to the multiple IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the multiple radio access networks, the multiple subscription data includes the same access point name APN and the identifier of the same PGW, and the identifier of the PGW is PGW. The IP address, the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contracting server HSS and obtained by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 上述多个 IP地址由至少一个 PGW在基于该 UE的多个签约数据建立多个 PDN连接时为该 UE分配, 上述多个 IP地址对 应于上述多个 PDN连接,上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多个 IMSI并且对 应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至 少一个 PGW的标识,上述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一个全 称域名 FQDN, 上述多个签约数据存储在 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体节 点从该 HSS获取。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the foregoing multiple IP addresses are based on the at least one PGW. Allocating a plurality of PDN connections to the UE when the plurality of subscription data of the UE is allocated, the plurality of IP addresses corresponding to the plurality of PDN connections, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the multiple wireless The access network, the plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW, and the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full-name domain name FQDN, and the plurality of subscription data are stored in the HSS and The core network mobility management entity node is obtained from the HSS.
根据本发明的实施例, 转发模块 920分别从上述多个第一子 TCP连接接 收该 UE发送的多个第一数据流, 将上述多个第一数据流合并成第二数据流, 并且通过第二 TCP连接将第二数据流发送至该 IP主机, 其中上述多个第一数 据流具有不同的源 IP地址, 上述多个第一数据流和第二数据流具有相同的目 标 IP地址与 TCP目标端口号, 第二数据流的源地址为上述多个 IP地址之一。  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the forwarding module 920 respectively receives a plurality of first data streams sent by the UE from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, merges the plurality of first data streams into a second data stream, and passes the The second TCP connection sends the second data stream to the IP host, where the plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, and the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and TCP target The port number, the source address of the second data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 转发模块 920从第二 TCP连接接收第三数据 流,将第三数据流分成与上述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多个第四数据流, 并且通过上述多个第一子 TCP连接将上述多个第四数据流发送至该 UE,其中 上述多个第四数据流和第三数据流具有相同的源 IP地址与 TCP源端口号, 上 述多个第四数据流具有不同的目标 IP地址, 并对应于所述用户设备的多个 IP 地址, 第三数据流的目标地址为上述多个 IP地址之一。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the forwarding module 920 receives the third data stream from the second TCP connection, and divides the third data stream into multiple fourth data streams corresponding to the multiple first sub-TCP connections, and Transmitting the plurality of fourth data streams to the UE by using the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, wherein the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port number, and the plurality of The fourth data stream has different target IP addresses and corresponds to multiple IP addresses of the user equipment, and the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 转发模块 920根据上述多个第一子 TCP连接 的传输速率将第三数据流分成上述多个第四数据流,使得与传输速率较大的第 一子 TCP连接相对应的第四数据流具有较大的流率,其中上述多个第一子 TCP 连接的传输速率分别取决于上述多个无线接入网的传输速率。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the forwarding module 920 divides the third data stream into the multiple fourth data streams according to the transmission rate of the multiple first sub-TCP connections, so that the first sub-TCP with a larger transmission rate is configured. The fourth data stream corresponding to the connection has a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the transmission rates of the plurality of radio access networks.
根据本发明的实施例, 建立模块 910从该 UE接收用于建立该 MPTCP连 接的第一请求, 并且根据第一请求, 经由上述多个无线接入网与该 UE建立该 MPTCP连接, 其中第一请求的目标地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第一请求的 源地址为该 UE从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址; 该建立模块向该 IP主机发送用于建立该 TCP连接的第二请求, 以与该 IP主机建立第二 TCP 连接, 其中第二请求的源地址为该 UE从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP 地址, 第二请求的目标地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第一无线接入网为上述多 个无线接入网中覆盖范围最大的无线接入网。 According to an embodiment of the present invention, the establishing module 910 receives a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection from the UE, and establishes the MPTCP connection with the UE via the multiple radio access networks according to the first request, where the first The target address of the request is an IP address of the IP host, and the source address of the first request is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing the first radio access network; The IP host sends a second request for establishing the TCP connection to establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, where the source address of the second request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses the first radio access network. The target address of the second request is an IP address of the IP host, and the first radio access network is a radio access network with the largest coverage in the plurality of radio access networks.
可选地,作为另一实施例, 建立模块 910从上述用户设备接收用于建立上 述多径 TCP连接的第一请求, 其中第一请求的目标地址为上述 IP主机的 IP 地址, 第一请求的源地址为该用户设备从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP 地址; 向该 IP主机转发第一请求并根据该 IP主机对第一请求的响应与该 IP 主机建立第二 TCP连接; 根据第一请求, 经由上述多个无线接入网与该用户 设备建立上述多径 TCP连接, 第一无线接入网为上述多个无线接入网中覆盖 范围最大的无线接入网。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the establishing module 910 receives, from the user equipment, a first request for establishing the multipath TCP connection, where the target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and the first request is The source address is an IP address allocated by the user equipment when accessing from the first radio access network; forwarding the first request to the IP host and establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host according to the response of the IP host to the first request And establishing, according to the first request, the multipath TCP connection with the user equipment by using the multiple radio access networks, where the first radio access network is the radio access network with the largest coverage among the plurality of radio access networks.
可选地,作为另一实施例,建立模块 910从该 IP主机接收用于建立该 TCP 连接的第三请求, 并且根据第三请求, 与该 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 其中 第三请求的目标地址为该 UE从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址, 第 三请求的源地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址; 建立模块 910向该 UE发送用于建立 该 MPTCP连接的第四请求, 以与该 UE建立该 MPTCP连接, 其中第四请求 的源地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第四请求的目标地址为该 UE从第一无线接 入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the establishing module 910 receives a third request for establishing the TCP connection from the IP host, and establishes a second TCP connection with the IP host according to the third request, where the third request is The target address is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing from the first radio access network, and the source address of the third request is an IP address of the IP host; the establishing module 910 sends a message for establishing the MPTCP connection to the UE. And the request is to establish the MPTCP connection with the UE, where the source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and the target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated by the UE when accessing the first radio access network. address.
通信设备 900的建立模块 910和转发模块 920的操作和功能可以参考上述 图 2的方法的 210和 220, 为了避免重复, 在此不再赘述。  For the operations and functions of the establishing module 910 and the forwarding module 920 of the communication device 900, reference may be made to 210 and 220 of the method of FIG. 2 above. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
图 10是根据本发明的实施例提供的 UE1000的结构性示意图。 UE1000包 括建立模块 1010和传输模块 1020。  FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 1000 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The UE 1000 includes a setup module 1010 and a transport module 1020.
建立模块 1010经由多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立 MPTCP连接, 其中该 MPTCP连接包括与该 UE的多个 IP地址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连 接。传输模块 1020通过上述多个第一子 TCP连接和第二 TCP连接在该 UE与 IP主机之间传输数据, 第二 TCP连接由第一通信设备与该 IP主机建立, 该数 据由第一通信设备在上述多个第一子 TCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发。 The setup module 1010 establishes an MPTCP connection with the first communication device via a plurality of radio access networks, wherein the MPTCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses of the UE. The transmission module 1020 is connected to the UE by the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection Data is transmitted between the IP hosts, and the second TCP connection is established by the first communication device with the IP host, and the data is forwarded by the first communication device between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
本发明实施例可以经由多个无线接入网与支持 MPTCP功能的通信设备建 立与 UE的多个 IP地址相对应的 MPTCP连接, 并且通过该通信设备与 IP主 机建立第二 TCP连接, 并且在该 MPTCP连接与第二 TCP连接之间转发数据 流, 从而能够实现 UE同时使用多个 IP地址与另一个 IP主机进行数据传输。  The embodiment of the present invention may establish an MPTCP connection corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the UE via a plurality of radio access networks and a communication device supporting the MPTCP function, and establish a second TCP connection with the IP host through the communication device, and The data stream is forwarded between the MPTCP connection and the second TCP connection, so that the UE can simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
根据本发明的实施例, 建立模块 1010基于多个 PDN连接, 经由上述多个 无线接入网与该 PGW建立上述多个第一子 TCP连接, 其中上述多个第一子 TCP连接与上述多个 PDN连接相对应  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the establishing module 1010 establishes the multiple first sub-TCP connections with the PGW via the multiple radio access networks based on the multiple PDN connections, where the multiple first sub-TCP connections and the multiple PDN connection corresponds
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 第一通信设备为 PGW, 建立模块 1010还基于 该 UE的多个签约数据与该 PGW建立多个 PDN连接, 其中与该 PDN连接相 对应的上述多个 IP地址由该 PGW分配,上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多 个 IMSI并且对应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点 名称 APN和同一 PGW的标识,该 PGW的标识为 PGW的 IP地址,上述多个 签约数据存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS 并由核心网移动性管理实体节点从该 HSS获取。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the first communications device is a PGW, and the establishing module 1010 further establishes, by using the multiple subscription data of the UE, multiple PDN connections, where the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection are The address is allocated by the PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, wherein the plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and the same PGW, the PGW The identifier is the IP address of the PGW, and the plurality of subscription data are stored in the home contract server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 建立模块 1010还基于该 UE的多个签约数据 与至少一个 PGW建立多个 PDN连接, 其中与该 PDN连接相对应的上述多个 IP地址由该 PGW分配, 上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多个 IMSI并且对 应于上述多个无线接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至 少一个 PGW的标识,上述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一个全 称域名 FQDN, 上述多个签约数据存储在 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体节 点从该 HSS获取。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the establishing module 1010 further establishes, by using the plurality of subscription data of the UE, a plurality of PDN connections, where the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection are allocated by the PGW. The plurality of subscription data corresponding to the multiple IMSIs of the UE and corresponding to the multiple radio access networks, the plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW, and the identifier of the at least one PGW is The same IP address or the same full-name domain FQDN, the plurality of subscription data are stored in the HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
根据本发明的实施例, 传输模块 1020 将该数据分成与上述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多个第一数据流, 并且通过上述多个第一子 TCP连接向第 一通信设备发送上述多个第一数据流,以便第一通信设备将上述多个第一数据 流合并成第二数据流并通过第二 TCP连接将第二数据流发送给该 IP主机, 其 中上述多个第一数据流具有不同的源 IP地址, 上述多个第一数据流和第二数 据流具有相同的目标 IP地址和 TCP目标端口号, 第二数据流的源地址为上述 多个 IP地址之一。 According to an embodiment of the present invention, the transmission module 1020 divides the data into a plurality of first data streams corresponding to the plurality of first child TCP connections, and connects to the first plurality of first child TCP connections. Transmitting, by the communication device, the plurality of first data streams, so that the first communications device merges the plurality of first data streams into the second data stream and sends the second data stream to the IP host by using the second TCP connection, where The plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and a TCP target port number, and the source address of the second data stream is the plurality of IP addresses. one.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 传输模块 1020还根据上述多个第一子 TCP连 接的传输速率将该数据分成上述多个第一数据流,使得与传输速率较大的第一 TCP连接相对应的第一数据流具有较大的流率, 其中上述多个第一子 TCP连 接的传输速率分别取决于上述多个无线接入网的传输速率。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the transmission module 1020 further divides the data into the plurality of first data streams according to a transmission rate of the multiple first sub-TCP connections, so that the first TCP connection with a large transmission rate is The corresponding first data stream has a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the transmission rates of the plurality of radio access networks.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 传输模块 1020分别从上述多个第一子 TCP连 接接收多个第四 TCP数据流, 其中由第一通信设备将从第二 TCP连接接收的 第三数据流分成上述多个第四 TCP数据流; 传输模块 1020将上述多个第四 TCP数据流合并成该数据,其中上述多个第四数据流和第三数据流具有相同的 源 IP地址与 TCP源端口号,上述多个第四数据流具有不同的目标 IP地址,并 对应于所述用户设备的多个 IP地址, 第三数据流的目标地址为上述多个 IP地 址之一。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the transmission module 1020 receives a plurality of fourth TCP data streams from the plurality of first child TCP connections, where the third data stream received by the first communication device from the second TCP connection is received. Dividing into the plurality of fourth TCP data streams; the transmitting module 1020 merges the plurality of fourth TCP data streams into the data, wherein the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port The plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses and correspond to the plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, and the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
根据本发明的实施例, 建立模块 1010 向第一通信设备发送用于建立该 MPTCP连接的第一请求, 以经由上述多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立该 MPTCP连接, 其中第一请求的目标地址为该 IP主机的 IP地址, 第一请求的 源地址为该 UE从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the establishing module 1010 sends a first request for establishing the MPTCP connection to the first communication device to establish the MPTCP connection with the first communication device via the plurality of radio access networks, wherein the first request The target address is the IP address of the IP host, and the source address of the first request is the IP address allocated when the UE accesses from the first radio access network.
可选地, 作为另一实施例, 建立模块 1010从第一通信设备接收用于建立 该 MPTCP连接的第四请求, 并且根据第四请求, 经由上述多个无线接入网与 第一通信设备建立 MPTCP连接, 其中第四请求的源地址为该 IP主机的 IP地 址, 第四请求的目标地址为该 UE从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the establishing module 1010 receives a fourth request for establishing the MPTCP connection from the first communications device, and establishes with the first communications device by using the multiple radio access networks according to the fourth request. An MPTCP connection, where a source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and a target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the UE accesses the first radio access network.
UE 1000的建立模块 1010和传输模块 1020的操作和功能可以参考上述图 3的方法 310和 320, 为了避免重复, 在此不再赘述。 For the operations and functions of the establishing module 1010 and the transmitting module 1020 of the UE 1000, reference may be made to the above figure. The methods 310 and 320 of 3, in order to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here.
图 11是根据本发明的实施例提供的通信设备 1100的结构性示意图。通信 设备 1100包括存储模块 1110和发送模块 1120。  FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1100 provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The communication device 1100 includes a storage module 1110 and a transmission module 1120.
存储模块 1110存储该 UE的多个签约数据。 发送模块 1120在该 UE接入 多个无线接入网时向核心网移动性管理实体节点提供上述多个签约数据,以便 该核心网移动性管理实体节点基于上述多个签约数据建立该 UE 与至少一个 PGW之间的多个 PDN连接,其中上述多个 PDN连接用于该 UE建立与该 UE 的多个 IP地址相对应的 MPTCP连接,上述多个 IP地址由上述至少一个 PGW 分配, 上述多个签约数据对应于该 UE的多个 IMSI并且对应于上述多个无线 接入网, 上述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW的标 识。  The storage module 1110 stores a plurality of subscription data of the UE. The sending module 1120 provides the foregoing multiple subscription data to the core network mobility management entity node when the UE accesses multiple radio access networks, so that the core network mobility management entity node establishes the UE and the at least based on the multiple subscription data. a plurality of PDN connections between a PGW, wherein the plurality of PDN connections are used by the UE to establish an MPTCP connection corresponding to a plurality of IP addresses of the UE, where the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW, the plurality of The subscription data corresponds to a plurality of IMSIs of the UE and corresponds to the plurality of radio access networks, and the plurality of subscription data includes identifiers of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
根据本发明的实施例,上述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一 个全称 i或名 FQDNo  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full name i or the name FQDNo
本发明实施例可以由 HSS存储 UE的多个签约数据, 以便基于上述多个 签约数据建立该 UE与至少一个 PGW之间的多个 PDN连接,用于 UE建立与 多个 IP地址相对应的 MPTCP连接。由于上述多个签约数据中 PGW的标识为 相同的 IP地址或者相同的 FQDN, 保证了通过多个 PDN连接传输的 IP数据 包可以经过 PGW上的 MPTCP功能实体或者经过与 PGW连接的网络设备上 的 MPTCP功能实体, 从而能够实现 UE同时使用多个 IP地址与另一个 IP主 机进行数据传输。  The embodiment of the present invention may be used by the HSS to store multiple subscription data of the UE, so as to establish multiple PDN connections between the UE and the at least one PGW based on the multiple subscription data, and use the UE to establish an MPTCP corresponding to multiple IP addresses. connection. Since the identifiers of the PGWs in the plurality of subscription data are the same IP address or the same FQDN, it is ensured that the IP data packets transmitted through the multiple PDN connections may pass through the MPTCP function entity on the PGW or on the network device connected to the PGW. The MPTCP functional entity enables the UE to simultaneously use multiple IP addresses for data transmission with another IP host.
通信设备 1100的存储模块 1110和发送模块 1120的操作和功能可以参考 上述图 4的方法 410和 420, 为了避免重复, 在此不再赘述。  For the operations and functions of the storage module 1110 and the transmitting module 1120 of the communication device 1100, reference may be made to the methods 410 and 420 of FIG. 4 above, and in order to avoid redundancy, details are not described herein again.
根据本发明的实施例包括一种通信系统, 包括图 9的通信设备 900、 图 10 的用户设备 1100以及图 11的通信设备 1100。  An embodiment in accordance with the present invention includes a communication system including the communication device 900 of FIG. 9, the user device 1100 of FIG. 10, and the communication device 1100 of FIG.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示 例的单元及算法步骤, 能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来 实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用 和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现 所描述的功能, 但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。 One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize the various aspects described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein. The unit and algorithm steps of the example can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和筒洁, 上述描述 的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。  A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and the cleaning of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统、 装置和方 法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性 的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可以有另 外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或 一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直 接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。 单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者 也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部 单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。  In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. In addition, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise. The components displayed by the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元 中。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用 时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本发明的技 术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以 以软件产品的形式体现出来, 该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中, 包括 若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设 备等 )执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前述的存储介质 包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器 (ROM, Read-Only Memory ) 、 随机存 取存储器 (RAM, Random Access Memory ) 、 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储 程序代码的介质。 The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于 此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到 变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发明的保护范围应 所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。  The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种通信方法, 其特征在于, 包括:  A communication method, comprising:
经由多个无线接入网与具有多个互联网协议 IP地址的用户设备建立 多径传输控制协议 TCP连接, 并且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 其中 所述多径 TCP连接包括与所述多个 IP地址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连 接;  Establishing a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a user equipment having a plurality of Internet Protocol IP addresses via a plurality of radio access networks, and establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host, wherein the multipath TCP connection includes the plurality of a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the IP address;
在所述多个第一子 TCP连接与所述第二 TCP连接之间转发数据。 Forwarding data between the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
2、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 其中所述经由多个无线 接入网与具有多个 IP地址的用户设备建立多径 TCP连接, 包括: 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the establishing a multipath TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple IP addresses via a plurality of wireless access networks comprises:
基于所述用户设备的多个 PDN连接, 经由所述多个无线接入网与所 述用户设备建立所述多个第一子 TCP连接,其中所述多个第一子 TCP连 接与所述多个 PDN连接相对应。  Establishing the plurality of first sub-TCP connections with the user equipment via the plurality of radio access networks based on a plurality of PDN connections of the user equipment, wherein the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the plurality of The PDN connections correspond.
3、 如权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  3. The method of claim 2, further comprising:
基于所述用户设备的多个签约数据与所述用户设备建立所述多个 PDN连接,并且为所述用户设备分配与所述多个 PDN连接相对应的所述 多个 IP地址, 所述多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI并且 对应于所述多个无线接入网, 所述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和同一 PGW的标识, 所述 PGW的标识为 PGW的 IP地址, 所述多 个签约数据存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体节点 从家乡签约服务器 HSS获取。  Establishing the plurality of PDN connections with the user equipment based on the plurality of subscription data of the user equipment, and allocating, for the user equipment, the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the multiple PDN connections, The subscription data corresponds to the multiple IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponds to the multiple radio access networks, and the multiple subscription data includes the same access point name APN and the identifier of the same PGW, and the identifier of the PGW is The IP address of the PGW, the plurality of subscription data is stored in the home contracting server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the home contracting server HSS.
4、 如权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述多个 IP地址由至 少一个 PGW在基于所述用户设备的多个签约数据建立多个 PDN连接时 为所述用户设备分配, 所述多个 IP地址对应于所述多个 PDN连接, 所述 多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI并且对应于所述多个无线 接入网, 所述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW 的标识, 所述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一个全称域名 FQDN , 所述多个签约数据存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS 并由核心网移动 性管理实体节点从 HSS获取。 The method according to claim 2, wherein the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW to the user equipment when a plurality of PDN connections are established based on the plurality of subscription data of the user equipment, Said plurality of IP addresses corresponding to said plurality of PDN connections, said plurality of subscription data corresponding to a plurality of IMSIs of said user equipment and corresponding to said plurality of radio access networks, said plurality of subscription data comprising the same Access point name APN and at least one PGW The identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full-name domain name FQDN, and the plurality of subscription data is stored in the home contracting server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
5、 根据权利要求 1至 4中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 在所述多个第一子 TCP连接与所述第二 TCP连接之间转发数据, 包括: 分别从所述多个第一子 TCP连接接收所述用户设备发送的多个第一 数据流;  The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the forwarding data between the plurality of first child TCP connections and the second TCP connection comprises: The plurality of first sub-TCP connections receive the plurality of first data streams sent by the user equipment;
将所述多个第一数据流合并成第二数据流, 并通过所述第二 TCP连 接将所述第二数据流发送至所述 IP主机, 其中所述多个第一数据流具有 不同的源 IP地址, 所述多个第一数据流和所述第二数据流具有相同的目 标 IP地址与 TCP 目标端口号, 所述第二数据流的源地址为所述多个 IP 地址之一。  Merging the plurality of first data streams into a second data stream, and transmitting the second data stream to the IP host through the second TCP connection, wherein the plurality of first data streams have different The source IP address, the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and a TCP target port number, and the source address of the second data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
6、 根据权利要求 1至 4中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 在所述多个第一子 TCP连接与所述第二 TCP连接之间转发数据, 包括: 从所述第二 TCP连接接收第三数据流;  The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the forwarding of data between the plurality of first child TCP connections and the second TCP connection comprises: The second TCP connection receives the third data stream;
将所述第三数据流分成与所述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多个第 四数据流;  Dividing the third data stream into a plurality of fourth data streams corresponding to the plurality of first sub-TCP connections;
通过所述多个第一子 TCP连接将所述多个第四数据流发送至所述用 户设备, 其中所述多个第四数据流和所述第三数据流具有相同的源 IP地 址与 TCP源端口号, 所述多个第四数据流具有不同的目标 IP地址, 并对 应于所述用户设备的多个 IP地址, 所述第三数据流的目标地址为所述多 个 IP地址之一。  Transmitting the plurality of fourth data streams to the user equipment by the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, wherein the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP a source port number, the plurality of fourth data streams having different target IP addresses, and corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, where the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses .
7、 如权利要求 6所述的方法, 其特征在于,  7. The method of claim 6 wherein:
所述将所述第三数据流分成与所述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多 个第四数据流, 包括: 根据所述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率将所述第三数据流分成所 述多个第四数据流, 使得与传输速率较大的第一子 TCP连接相对应的第 四数据流具有较大的流率, 其中所述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率分 别取决于所述多个无线接入网的传输速率。 And dividing the third data stream into a plurality of fourth data streams corresponding to the multiple first sub-TCP connections, including: Dividing the third data stream into the plurality of fourth data streams according to a transmission rate of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, so that the fourth data stream corresponding to the first sub-TCP connection with a larger transmission rate has a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the transmission rates of the plurality of radio access networks.
8、 如权利要求 1至 4中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述经 由多个无线接入网与具有多个 IP地址的用户设备建立多径 TCP连接,并 且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the multi-path TCP connection is established with a user equipment having a plurality of IP addresses via a plurality of radio access networks, and with an IP host Establish a second TCP connection, including:
从所述用户设备接收用于建立所述多径 T C P连接的第一请求; 根据所述第一请求, 经由所述多个无线接入网与所述用户设备建立 所述多径 TCP连接, 其中所述第一请求的目标地址为所述 IP主机的 IP 地址, 所述第一请求的源地址为所述用户设备从第一无线接入网接入时 所分配的 IP地址;  Receiving, from the user equipment, a first request for establishing the multipath TCP connection; establishing, according to the first request, the multipath TCP connection with the user equipment via the multiple radio access networks, where The target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and the source address of the first request is an IP address allocated when the user equipment accesses from the first radio access network;
向所述 IP主机发送用于建立所述 TCP连接的第二请求,以与所述 IP 主机建立所述第二 TCP连接, 其中所述第二请求的源地址为所述用户设 备从所述第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址, 所述第二请求的目标 地址为所述 IP主机的 IP地址,所述第一无线接入网为所述多个无线接入 网中覆盖范围最大的无线接入网。  Sending, to the IP host, a second request for establishing the TCP connection, to establish the second TCP connection with the IP host, where a source address of the second request is the user equipment from the An IP address allocated when the radio access network is accessed, the target address of the second request is an IP address of the IP host, and the first radio access network is an overlay in the multiple radio access networks. The largest range of wireless access networks.
9、 如权利要求 1至 4中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述经 由多个无线接入网与具有多个 IP地址的用户设备建立多径 TCP连接,并 且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the multi-path TCP connection is established with a user equipment having a plurality of IP addresses via a plurality of radio access networks, and with an IP host Establish a second TCP connection, including:
从所述用户设备接收用于建立所述多径 TCP连接的第一请求, 其中 所述第一请求的目标地址为所述 IP主机的 IP地址,所述第一请求的源地 址为所述用户设备从所述第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址;  Receiving, by the user equipment, a first request for establishing the multipath TCP connection, where a target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and a source address of the first request is the user An IP address assigned by the device when accessed from the first radio access network;
向所述 IP主机转发所述第一请求并根据所述 IP主机对所述第一请求 的响应与所述 IP主机建立所述第二 TCP连接; 根据所述第一请求, 经由所述多个无线接入网与所述用户设备建立 所述多径 TCP连接, 所述第一无线接入网为所述多个无线接入网中覆盖 范围最大的无线接入网。 Forwarding the first request to the IP host and establishing the second TCP connection with the IP host according to the response of the IP host to the first request; And establishing, according to the first request, the multipath TCP connection with the user equipment by using the multiple radio access networks, where the first radio access network has the largest coverage range among the multiple radio access networks. Wireless access network.
10、 如权利要求 1 至 4 中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 经由多个无线接入网与具有多个 IP地址的用户设备建立多径 TCP连接, 并且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the multi-path TCP connection is established with a user equipment having a plurality of IP addresses via a plurality of radio access networks, and with an IP host Establish a second TCP connection, including:
从所述 IP主机接收用于建立所述 TCP连接的第三请求;  Receiving a third request for establishing the TCP connection from the IP host;
根据所述第三请求, 与所述 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 其中所述第 三请求的目标地址为所述用户设备从所述第一无线接入网接入时所分配 的 IP地址, 所述第三请求的源地址为所述 IP主机的 IP地址;  Establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host according to the third request, where a target address of the third request is an IP address allocated by the user equipment when accessing the first radio access network, The source address of the third request is an IP address of the IP host;
向所述用户设备发送用于建立所述多径 TCP连接的第四请求, 以与 所述用户设备建立所述多径 TCP连接, 其中所述第四请求的源地址为所 述 IP主机的 IP地址,所述第四请求的目标地址为所述用户设备从所述第 一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  Sending, to the user equipment, a fourth request for establishing the multipath TCP connection, to establish the multipath TCP connection with the user equipment, where a source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host An address, where the target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the user equipment accesses the first radio access network.
11、 一种通信方法, 其特征在于, 包括:  11. A communication method, comprising:
用户设备经由多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立多径传输控制协 议 TCP连接, 其中所述多径 TCP连接包括与所述用户设备的多个 IP地 址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连接;  The user equipment establishes a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with the first communication device via the plurality of radio access networks, wherein the multipath TCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCPs corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment Connection
所述用户设备通过所述多个第一子 TCP连接和第二 TCP连接在所述 用户设备与 IP主机之间传输数据,所述第二 TCP连接由所述第一通信设 备与所述 IP主机建立, 所述数据由所述第一通信设备在所述多个第一子 TCP连接与所述第二 TCP连接之间转发。  The user equipment transmits data between the user equipment and the IP host through the plurality of first child TCP connections and the second TCP connection, wherein the second TCP connection is performed by the first communication device and the IP host Established, the data is forwarded by the first communications device between the plurality of first child TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
12、 如权利要求 11所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备经由多 个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连接, 包括: 所述用户设备基于多个 PDN连接, 经由所述多个无线接入网与所述 第一通信设备建立所述多个第一子 TCP连接, 其中所述多个第一子 TCP 连接与所述多个 PDN连接相对应。 The method of claim 11, wherein the user equipment establishes a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with the first communication device via the multiple radio access networks, including: the user equipment is based on multiple PDNs Connecting, via the plurality of wireless access networks, The first communications device establishes the plurality of first child TCP connections, wherein the plurality of first child TCP connections correspond to the plurality of PDN connections.
13、 如权利要求 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一通信设备为 PGW, 还包括:  The method of claim 12, wherein the first communications device is a PGW, further comprising:
所述用户设备基于所述用户设备的多个签约数据与所述 PGW 建立 多个 PDN连接, 其中与所述 PDN连接相对应的所述多个 IP地址由所述 PGW分配, 所述多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI并且对 应于所述多个无线接入网, 所述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN 和同一 PGW的标识, 所述 PGW的标识为 PGW的 IP地址, 所述多个签 约数据存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS 并由核心网移动性管理实体节点从 HSS获取。  The user equipment establishes a plurality of PDN connections with the PGW based on the plurality of subscription data of the user equipment, where the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection are allocated by the PGW, and the multiple subscriptions The data corresponds to the multiple IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponds to the multiple radio access networks, and the plurality of subscription data includes the same access point name APN and the identifier of the same PGW, and the identifier of the PGW is the PGW. The IP address, the plurality of subscription data is stored in the home contracting server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
14、 如权利要求 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:  14. The method of claim 12, further comprising:
所述用户设备基于所述用户设备的多个签约数据与至少一个 PGW 建立多个 PDN连接, 其中与所述 PDN连接相对应的所述多个 IP地址由 所述 PGW分配, 所述多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI并 且对应于所述多个无线接入网, 所述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW的标识, 所述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地 址或者同一个全称域名 FQDN , 所述多个签约数据存储在家乡签约服务 器 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体节点从 HSS获取。  The user equipment establishes a plurality of PDN connections with the at least one PGW based on the plurality of subscription data of the user equipment, where the multiple IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection are allocated by the PGW, and the multiple subscriptions The data corresponds to the plurality of IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponds to the multiple radio access networks, and the plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW, and the identifier of the at least one PGW For the same IP address or the same full-name domain FQDN, the plurality of subscription data is stored in the home contract server HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
15、 如权利要求 11 至 14中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所 述用户设备通过所述多个第一子 TCP连接和第二 TCP连接在所述用户设 备与所述 IP主机之间传输数据, 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the user equipment is connected to the user equipment and the IP by the plurality of first child TCP connections and the second TCP connection Transfer data between hosts, including:
所述用户设备将所述数据分成与所述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的 多个第一数据流;  The user equipment divides the data into a plurality of first data streams corresponding to the plurality of first sub-TCP connections;
所述用户设备通过所述多个第一子 TCP连接向所述第一通信设备发 送所述多个第一数据流, 以便所述第一通信设备将所述多个第一数据流 合并成第二数据流并通过所述第二 TCP连接将所述第二数据流发送给所 述 IP主机, 其中所述多个第一数据流具有不同的源 IP地址, 所述多个第 一数据流和所述第二数据流具有相同的目标 IP地址和 TCP目标端口号, 所述第二数据流的源地址为所述多个 IP地址之一。 Sending, by the user equipment, the first communications device by using the multiple first sub-TCP connections Transmitting the plurality of first data streams, so that the first communications device merges the plurality of first data streams into a second data stream and transmits the second data stream to the An IP host, wherein the plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, and the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream have the same target IP address and a TCP target port number, where The source address of the two data streams is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
16、 如权利要求 15所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备将所述 数据分成与所述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多个第一数据流, 包括: 所述用户设备根据所述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率将所述数据 分成所述多个第一数据流, 使得与传输速率较大的第一 TCP连接相对应 的第一数据流具有较大的流率, 其中所述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速 率分别取决于所述多个无线接入网的传输速率。  The method of claim 15, wherein the user equipment divides the data into a plurality of first data streams corresponding to the plurality of first child TCP connections, including: the user equipment Dividing the data into the plurality of first data streams according to a transmission rate of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, so that the first data stream corresponding to the first TCP connection having a larger transmission rate has a larger stream Rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the transmission rates of the plurality of radio access networks.
17、 如权利要求 11 至 14中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所 述用户设备通过所述多个第一子 TCP连接和第二 TCP连接在所述用户设 备与所述 IP主机之间传输数据, 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the user equipment is connected to the user equipment and the IP by the plurality of first child TCP connections and the second TCP connection Transfer data between hosts, including:
所述用户设备分别从所述多个第一子 TCP连接接收多个第四 TCP数 据流, 其中由所述第一通信设备将从所述第二 TCP连接接收的第三数据 流分成所述多个第四 TCP数据流;  The user equipment receives a plurality of fourth TCP data streams from the plurality of first child TCP connections, respectively, wherein the third data stream received by the first communication device from the second TCP connection is divided into the plurality of Fourth TCP data stream;
所述用户设备将所述多个第四 TCP数据流合并成所述数据, 其中所 述多个第四数据流和所述第三数据流具有相同的源 IP地址与 TCP源端口 号, 所述多个第四数据流具有不同的目标 IP地址, 并对应于所述用户设 备的多个 IP地址, 所述第三数据流的目标地址为所述多个 IP地址之一。  The user equipment merges the plurality of fourth TCP data streams into the data, wherein the plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port number, The plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses and correspond to a plurality of IP addresses of the user equipment, and the target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
18、 如权利要求 11 至 14中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所 述用户设备经由多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连接, 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the user equipment establishes a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with the first communication device via a plurality of radio access networks, including:
所述用户设备向所述第一通信设备发送用于建立所述多径 TCP连接 的第一请求, 以经由所述多个无线接入网与所述第一通信设备建立所述 多径 TCP连接, 其中所述第一请求的目标地址为所述 IP主机的 IP地址 , 所述第一请求的源地址为所述用户设备从第一无线接入网接入时所分配 的 IP地址。 Sending, by the user equipment, the first communication device, to establish the multipath TCP connection a first request to establish the multipath TCP connection with the first communication device via the plurality of radio access networks, wherein a target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, The source address of the first request is an IP address allocated when the user equipment accesses from the first radio access network.
19、 如权利要求 11 至 14中的任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所 述用户设备经由多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连接, 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the user equipment establishes a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with the first communication device via a plurality of radio access networks, including:
所述用户设备从所述第一通信设备接收用于建立所述多径 TCP连接 的第四请求;  Receiving, by the user equipment, a fourth request for establishing the multipath TCP connection from the first communication device;
根据所述第四请求, 经由所述多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立 多径传输控制协议 TCP连接 ,其中所述第四请求的源地址为所述 IP主机 的 IP地址, 所述第四请求的目标地址为所述用户设备从所述第一无线接 入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  And establishing, according to the fourth request, a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with the first communication device by using the multiple radio access networks, where a source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, The target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the user equipment accesses from the first radio access network.
20、 一种通信方法, 其特征在于, 包括:  20. A communication method, comprising:
HSS存储所述用户设备的多个签约数据;  The HSS stores a plurality of subscription data of the user equipment;
所述 HSS在所述用户设备接入多个无线接入网时向核心网移动性管 理实体节点提供所述多个签约数据, 以便所述核心网移动性管理实体节 点基于所述多个签约数据建立所述用户设备与至少一个 PGW 之间的多 个 PDN连接, 其中所述多个 PDN连接用于所述用户设备建立与所述用 户设备的多个 IP地址相对应的多径 TCP连接, 所述多个 IP地址由所述 至少一个 PGW分配,所述多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI 并且对应于所述用户设备接入的多个无线接入网, 所述多个签约数据包 含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW的标识。  The HSS provides the plurality of subscription data to the core network mobility management entity node when the user equipment accesses multiple radio access networks, so that the core network mobility management entity node is based on the multiple subscription data Establishing a plurality of PDN connections between the user equipment and the at least one PGW, wherein the multiple PDN connections are used by the user equipment to establish a multipath TCP connection corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the user equipment, where The plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to multiple IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponding to multiple radio access networks accessed by the user equipment, the multiple The subscription data contains the identity of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述至少一个 PGW 的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一个全称域名 FQDN。 The method according to claim 20, wherein the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full-name domain name FQDN.
22、 一种通信设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 22. A communication device, comprising:
建立模块, 用于经由多个无线接入网与具有多个互联网协议 IP地址 的用户设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连接, 并且与 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接 ,其中所述多径 TCP连接包括与所述多个 IP地址相对应的多个 第一子 TCP连接;  a establishing module, configured to establish a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with a user equipment having multiple internet protocol IP addresses via multiple radio access networks, and establish a second TCP connection with the IP host, where the multipath TCP connection includes a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of IP addresses;
转发模块,用于在所述多个第一子 TCP连接与所述第二 TCP连接之 间转发数据。  And a forwarding module, configured to forward data between the plurality of first child TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
23、 如权利要求 22所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述建立模块基于所 述用户设备的多个 PDN连接, 经由所述多个无线接入网与所述用户设备 建立所述多个第一子 TCP连接,其中所述多个第一子 TCP连接与所述多 个 PDN连接相对应。  The device according to claim 22, wherein the establishing module establishes the multiple numbers with the user equipment via the plurality of radio access networks based on a plurality of PDN connections of the user equipment. A child TCP connection, wherein the plurality of first child TCP connections correspond to the plurality of PDN connections.
24、 如权利要求 23所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述建立模块还基于 所述用户设备的多个签约数据与所述用户设备建立所述多个 PDN连接, 并且为所述用户设备分配与所述多个 PDN连接相对应的所述多个 IP地 址, 所述多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI并且对应于所述 多个无线接入网, 所述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN 和同一 PGW的标识, 所述 PGW的标识为 PGW的 IP地址, 所述多个签约数据 存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体节点从所述 HSS 获取。  The device of claim 23, wherein the establishing module further establishes the multiple PDN connections with the user equipment based on the plurality of subscription data of the user equipment, and allocates the multiple PDN connections The plurality of IP addresses corresponding to the plurality of PDN connections, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponding to the plurality of radio access networks, the plurality of subscriptions The data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and the same PGW, the identifier of the PGW is an IP address of the PGW, and the plurality of subscription data is stored in the home contracting server HSS and the core network mobility management entity node is from the HSS Obtain.
25、 如权利要求 23所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述多个 IP地址由 至少一个 PGW在基于所述用户设备的多个签约数据建立多个 PDN连接 时为所述用户设备分配, 所述多个 IP地址对应于所述多个 PDN连接, 所 述多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI并且对应于所述多个无 线接入网,所述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW 的标识, 所述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一个全称域名 FQDN , 所述多个签约数据存储在 HSS 并由核心网移动性管理实体节点 从所述 HSS获取。 The device according to claim 23, wherein the plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW to the user equipment when establishing a plurality of PDN connections based on the plurality of subscription data of the user equipment, Said plurality of IP addresses corresponding to said plurality of PDN connections, said plurality of subscription data corresponding to a plurality of IMSIs of said user equipment and corresponding to said plurality of radio access networks, said plurality of subscription data comprising the same An identifier of the access point name APN and at least one PGW, where the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full name domain name FQDN, the plurality of subscription data is stored in the HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
26、 根据权利要求 22至 25 中的任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述转发模块分别从所述多个第一子 TCP连接接收所述用户设备发送的 多个第一数据流, 将所述多个第一数据流合并成第二数据流, 并且通过 所述第二 TCP连接将所述第二数据流发送至所述 IP主机,其中所述多个 第一数据流具有不同的源 IP地址, 所述多个第一数据流和所述第二数据 流具有相同的目标 IP地址与 TCP 目标端口号,所述第二数据流的源地址 为所述多个 IP地址之一。  The device according to any one of claims 22 to 25, wherein the forwarding module receives a plurality of first data streams sent by the user equipment from the plurality of first child TCP connections, respectively Merging the plurality of first data streams into a second data stream, and transmitting the second data stream to the IP host through the second TCP connection, wherein the plurality of first data streams have different a source IP address, the plurality of first data streams and the second data stream having the same target IP address and a TCP target port number, and the source address of the second data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses .
27、 根据权利要求 22至 25 中的任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述转发模块从所述第二 TCP连接接收第三数据流, 将所述第三数据流 分成与所述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多个第四数据流, 并且通过所 述多个第一子 TCP连接将所述多个第四数据流发送至所述用户设备, 其 中所述多个第四数据流和所述第三数据流具有相同的源 IP地址与 TCP源 端口号, 所述多个第四数据流具有不同的目标 IP地址, 并对应于所述用 户设备的多个 IP地址,所述第三数据流的目标地址为所述多个 IP地址之  The device according to any one of claims 22 to 25, wherein the forwarding module receives a third data stream from the second TCP connection, and divides the third data stream into a plurality of first sub-TCP connections corresponding to the plurality of fourth data streams, and transmitting the plurality of fourth data streams to the user equipment by the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, wherein the plurality of The fourth data stream and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port number, and the plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses and correspond to multiple IP addresses of the user equipment. The target address of the third data stream is the plurality of IP addresses
28、 如权利要求 27所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述转发模块根据所 述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率将所述第三数据流分成所述多个第四 数据流, 使得与传输速率较大的第一子 TCP连接相对应的第四数据流具 有较大的流率, 其中所述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率分别取决于所 述多个无线接入网的传输速率。 The device according to claim 27, wherein the forwarding module divides the third data stream into the plurality of fourth data streams according to a transmission rate of the plurality of first child TCP connections, such that The fourth data stream corresponding to the first sub-TCP connection having a large transmission rate has a larger flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined by the plurality of radio access networks Transmission rate.
29、 如权利要求 22至 25 中的任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所 述建立模块从所述用户设备接收用于建立所述多径 TCP 连接的第一请 求, 并且根据所述第一请求, 经由所述多个无线接入网与所述用户设备 建立所述多径 TCP连接,其中所述第一请求的目标地址为所述 IP主机的 IP 地址, 所述第一请求的源地址为所述用户设备从第一无线接入网接入 时所分配的 IP地址;所述建立模块向所述 IP主机发送用于建立所述 TCP 连接的第二请求, 以与所述 IP主机建立所述第二 TCP连接, 其中所述第 二请求的源地址为所述用户设备从所述第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址, 所述第二请求的目标地址为所述 IP主机的 IP地址, 所述第一 无线接入网为所述多个无线接入网中覆盖范围最大的无线接入网。 The device according to any one of claims 22 to 25, wherein the establishing module receives a first request for establishing the multipath TCP connection from the user equipment, and according to the a first request, via the plurality of radio access networks and the user equipment Establishing the multipath TCP connection, where the target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, and the source address of the first request is when the user equipment accesses from the first radio access network An assigned IP address; the establishing module transmitting a second request for establishing the TCP connection to the IP host to establish the second TCP connection with the IP host, wherein a source address of the second request The IP address assigned by the user equipment when the user equipment is accessed from the first radio access network, the target address of the second request is an IP address of the IP host, and the first radio access network is The wireless access network with the largest coverage among multiple radio access networks.
30、 如权利要求 22至 25 中的任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所 述建立模块从所述用户设备接收用于建立所述多径 TCP 连接的第一请 求, 其中所述第一请求的目标地址为所述 IP主机的 IP地址, 所述第一请 求的源地址为所述用户设备从所述第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地 址;向所述 IP主机转发所述第一请求并根据所述 IP主机对所述第一请求 的响应与所述 IP主机建立所述第二 TCP连接; 根据所述第一请求, 经由 所述多个无线接入网与所述用户设备建立所述多径 TCP连接, 所述第一 无线接入网为所述多个无线接入网中覆盖范围最大的无线接入网。  The device according to any one of claims 22 to 25, wherein the establishing module receives a first request for establishing the multipath TCP connection from the user equipment, wherein the The target address of the request is the IP address of the IP host, and the source address of the first request is an IP address allocated when the user equipment accesses the first radio access network; to the IP host Forwarding the first request and establishing the second TCP connection with the IP host according to the response of the IP host to the first request; according to the first request, via the multiple radio access networks The user equipment establishes the multipath TCP connection, where the first radio access network is a radio access network with the largest coverage area among the multiple radio access networks.
31、 如权利要求 22至 25 中的任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所 述建立模块从所述 IP主机接收用于建立所述 TCP连接的第三请求,并且 根据所述第三请求, 与所述 IP主机建立第二 TCP连接, 其中所述第三请 求的目标地址为所述用户设备从所述第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP 地址, 所述第三请求的源地址为所述 IP主机的 IP地址; 所述建立模块向 所述用户设备发送用于建立所述多径 TCP连接的第四请求, 以与所述用 户设备建立所述多径 TCP连接,其中所述第四请求的源地址为所述 IP主 机的 IP地址, 所述第四请求的目标地址为所述用户设备从所述第一无线 接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  The device according to any one of claims 22 to 25, wherein the establishing module receives a third request for establishing the TCP connection from the IP host, and according to the third Requesting, establishing a second TCP connection with the IP host, where the target address of the third request is an IP address allocated by the user equipment when accessing the first radio access network, the third request The source address is an IP address of the IP host; the establishing module sends a fourth request for establishing the multipath TCP connection to the user equipment, to establish the multipath TCP connection with the user equipment, The source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, and the target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the user equipment accesses the first radio access network.
32、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 建立模块, 用于经由多个无线接入网与第一通信设备建立多径传输 控制协议 TCP连接, 其中所述多径 TCP连接包括与所述用户设备的多个 IP地址相对应的多个第一子 TCP连接; 32. A user equipment, comprising: Establishing a module, configured to establish a multipath transmission control protocol TCP connection with the first communication device via multiple radio access networks, where the multipath TCP connection includes multiple numbers corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the user equipment a child TCP connection;
传输模块,用于通过所述多个第一子 TCP连接和第二 TCP连接在所 述用户设备与 IP主机之间传输数据,所述第二 TCP连接由所述第一通信 设备与所述 IP主机建立, 所述数据由所述第一通信设备在所述多个第一 子 TCP连接与所述第二 TCP连接之间转发。  a transmission module, configured to transmit data between the user equipment and the IP host by using the plurality of first sub-TCP connections and the second TCP connection, where the second TCP connection is performed by the first communication device and the IP The host establishes, and the data is forwarded by the first communication device between the plurality of first child TCP connections and the second TCP connection.
33、 如权利要求 32所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述建立模块基 于多个 PDN连接, 经由所述多个无线接入网与所述 PGW建立所述多个 第一子 TCP连接, 其中所述多个第一子 TCP连接与所述多个 PDN连接 相对应  The user equipment according to claim 32, wherein the establishing module establishes the plurality of first child TCP connections with the PGW via the plurality of radio access networks based on a plurality of PDN connections, Where the plurality of first sub-TCP connections correspond to the plurality of PDN connections
34、 如权利要求 33所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一通信设 备为 PGW , 所述建立模块还基于所述用户设备的多个签约数据与所述 PGW建立多个 PDN连接,其中与所述 PDN连接相对应的所述多个 IP地 址由所述 PGW分配,所述多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI 并且对应于所述多个无线接入网, 所述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名 称 APN和同一 PGW的标识, 所述 PGW的标识为 PGW的 IP地址, 所 述多个签约数据存储在家乡签约服务器 HSS并由核心网移动性管理实体 节点从所述 HSS获取。  The user equipment according to claim 33, wherein the first communication device is a PGW, and the establishing module further establishes a plurality of PDN connections with the PGW based on the plurality of subscription data of the user equipment, The plurality of IP addresses corresponding to the PDN connection are allocated by the PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to multiple IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponding to the multiple radio access networks, The plurality of subscription data includes an identifier of the same access point name APN and the same PGW, the identifier of the PGW is an IP address of the PGW, and the plurality of subscription data is stored in the home contracting server HSS and is managed by the core network mobility management entity node. Obtained from the HSS.
35、 如权利要求 33所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述建立模块还 基于所述用户设备的多个签约数据与至少一个 PGW建立多个 PDN连接 , 其中与所述 PDN连接相对应的所述多个 IP地址由所述 PGW分配, 所述 多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多个 IMSI并且对应于所述多个无线 接入网, 所述多个签约数据包含同一接入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW 的标识, 所述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一个全称域名 FQDN , 所述多个签约数据存储在 HSS 并由核心网移动性管理实体节点 从所述 HSS获取。 The user equipment according to claim 33, wherein the establishing module further establishes a plurality of PDN connections with the at least one PGW based on the plurality of subscription data of the user equipment, where the PDN connection corresponds to The plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponding to the multiple radio access networks, the multiple subscription data including the same access An identifier of the point name APN and the at least one PGW, where the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full name domain name FQDN, the plurality of subscription data is stored in the HSS and acquired by the core network mobility management entity node from the HSS.
36、 如权利要求 32至 35中的任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输模块将所述数据分成与所述多个第一子 TCP连接相对应的多个 第一数据流, 并且通过所述多个第一子 TCP连接向所述第一通信设备发 送所述多个第一数据流, 以便所述第一通信设备将所述多个第一数据流 合并成第二数据流并通过所述第二 TCP连接将所述第二数据流发送给所 述 IP主机, 其中所述多个第一数据流具有不同的源 IP地址, 所述多个第 一数据流和所述第二数据流具有相同的目标 IP地址和 TCP目标端口号, 所述第二数据流的源地址为所述多个 IP地址之一。  The user equipment according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the transmission module divides the data into a plurality of first data corresponding to the plurality of first sub-TCP connections Streaming, and transmitting the plurality of first data streams to the first communication device over the plurality of first child TCP connections, such that the first communication device merges the plurality of first data streams into a second And transmitting, by the second TCP connection, the second data stream to the IP host, where the plurality of first data streams have different source IP addresses, and the plurality of first data streams and The second data stream has the same target IP address and a TCP target port number, and the source address of the second data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
37、 如权利要求 36所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输模块还 根据所述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率将所述数据分成所述多个第一 数据流, 使得与传输速率较大的第一 TCP连接相对应的第一数据流具有 较大的流率, 其中所述多个第一子 TCP连接的传输速率分别取决于所述 多个无线接入网的传输速率。  The user equipment according to claim 36, wherein the transmission module further divides the data into the plurality of first data streams according to a transmission rate of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, such that The first data stream corresponding to the first TCP connection having a large transmission rate has a large flow rate, wherein the transmission rates of the plurality of first sub-TCP connections are respectively determined according to the transmission rates of the multiple radio access networks .
38、 如权利要求 32至 35中的任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述传输模块分别从所述多个第一子 TCP 连接接收多个第四 TCP数据 流, 其中由所述第一通信设备将从所述第二 TCP连接接收的第三数据流 分成所述多个第四 TCP数据流; 所述传输模块将所述多个第四 TCP数据 流合并成所述数据, 其中所述多个第四数据流和所述第三数据流具有相 同的源 IP地址与 TCP源端口号,所述多个第四数据流具有不同的目标 IP 地址, 并对应于所述用户设备的多个 IP地址, 所述第三数据流的目标地 址为所述多个 IP地址之一。  The user equipment according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the transmission module receives a plurality of fourth TCP data streams from the plurality of first sub-TCP connections, respectively The first communication device divides the third data stream received from the second TCP connection into the plurality of fourth TCP data streams; the transmission module merges the plurality of fourth TCP data streams into the data, The plurality of fourth data streams and the third data stream have the same source IP address and TCP source port number, and the plurality of fourth data streams have different target IP addresses, and correspond to the user equipment. a plurality of IP addresses, and a target address of the third data stream is one of the plurality of IP addresses.
39、 如权利要求 32至 35中的任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述建立模块向所述第一通信设备发送用于建立所述多径 TCP连接的第 一请求, 以经由所述多个无线接入网与所述第一通信设备建立所述多径 TCP连接, 其中所述第一请求的目标地址为所述 IP主机的 IP地址, 所述 第一请求的源地址为所述用户设备从第一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP 地址。 The user equipment according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the establishing module transmits, to the first communication device, a method for establishing the multipath TCP connection. a request to establish the multipath TCP connection with the first communication device via the multiple radio access networks, where a target address of the first request is an IP address of the IP host, the first The source address of the request is an IP address assigned when the user equipment accesses from the first radio access network.
40、 如权利要求 32至 35中的任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述建立模块从所述第一通信设备接收用于建立所述多径 TCP连接的第 四请求, 并且根据所述第四请求, 经由所述多个无线接入网与第一通信 设备建立多径传输控制协议 TCP连接, 其中所述第四请求的源地址为所 述 IP主机的 IP地址,所述第四请求的目标地址为所述用户设备从所述第 一无线接入网接入时所分配的 IP地址。  40. The user equipment according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the establishing module receives a fourth request for establishing the multipath TCP connection from the first communication device, and And establishing, according to the fourth request, a multipath transmission control protocol (TCP) connection with the first communication device by using the multiple radio access networks, where a source address of the fourth request is an IP address of the IP host, The target address of the fourth request is an IP address allocated when the user equipment accesses from the first radio access network.
41、 一种通信设备, 其特征在于, 包括:  41. A communication device, comprising:
存储模块, 用于存储所述用户设备的多个签约数据;  a storage module, configured to store multiple subscription data of the user equipment;
发送模块, 用于在所述用户设备接入多个无线接入网时向核心网移 动性管理实体节点提供所述多个签约数据, 以便所述核心网移动性管理 实体节点基于所述多个签约数据建立所述用户设备与至少一个 PGW 之 间的多个 PDN连接, 其中所述多个 PDN连接用于所述用户设备建立与 所述用户设备的多个 IP地址相对应的多径 TCP连接, 所述多个 IP地址 由所述至少一个 PGW分配,所述多个签约数据对应于所述用户设备的多 个 IMSI并且对应于所述多个无线接入网, 所述多个签约数据包含同一接 入点名称 APN和至少一个 PGW的标识。  a sending module, configured to provide the multiple subscription data to a core network mobility management entity node when the user equipment accesses multiple radio access networks, so that the core network mobility management entity node is based on the multiple The subscription data establishes a plurality of PDN connections between the user equipment and the at least one PGW, wherein the plurality of PDN connections are used by the user equipment to establish a multipath TCP connection corresponding to multiple IP addresses of the user equipment The plurality of IP addresses are allocated by the at least one PGW, the plurality of subscription data corresponding to the plurality of IMSIs of the user equipment and corresponding to the multiple radio access networks, the multiple subscription data includes The identity of the same access point name APN and at least one PGW.
42、 根据权利要求 41所述的通信设备, 其特征在于, 所述至少一个 PGW的标识为同一 IP地址或者同一个全称域名 FQDN。  The communication device according to claim 41, wherein the identifier of the at least one PGW is the same IP address or the same full-name domain name FQDN.
PCT/CN2013/072319 2012-03-07 2013-03-07 Communication method, communication apparatus and user equipment WO2013131486A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201210058055.9A CN103313232B (en) 2012-03-07 2012-03-07 Communication means, communication equipment and user equipment
CN201210058055.9 2012-03-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013131486A1 true WO2013131486A1 (en) 2013-09-12

Family

ID=49115950

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/072319 WO2013131486A1 (en) 2012-03-07 2013-03-07 Communication method, communication apparatus and user equipment

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN103313232B (en)
WO (1) WO2013131486A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113271637A (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-17 纬创资通股份有限公司 Mobile communication device and scheduling method for data traffic transmission

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106465436A (en) * 2014-04-04 2017-02-22 诺基亚技术有限公司 Access management with multipath transport
CN106664732B (en) * 2014-06-02 2021-02-09 诺基亚通信公司 Apparatus and method for multipath TCP with LTE connection
CN104144218B (en) * 2014-08-04 2018-03-30 三星电子(中国)研发中心 A kind of end to end connection method for building up and device
CN104394525A (en) * 2014-11-17 2015-03-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 IP (Internet Protocol) address assignment and obtaining method and device
US20160360557A1 (en) * 2015-06-08 2016-12-08 GM Global Technology Operations LLC Collaborative mptcp
WO2017136959A1 (en) * 2016-02-09 2017-08-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-subscriber identity module (sim) connection sharing
CN108075987B (en) 2016-11-17 2020-12-08 华为技术有限公司 Multi-path data transmission method and device
US10616379B2 (en) * 2017-06-23 2020-04-07 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Seamless mobility and session continuity with TCP mobility option
US11412437B2 (en) 2018-07-23 2022-08-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method and electronic device
CN110730479B (en) * 2019-10-24 2021-02-09 北京大学 Method and device for multipath communication

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101925125A (en) * 2010-04-23 2010-12-22 清华大学 Method of multipath TCP having mobility and combined with mobile IP (internet protocol)
WO2011073495A1 (en) * 2009-12-14 2011-06-23 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for multipath communication
WO2011127189A2 (en) * 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Cooperative bandwidth aggregation using multipath transport

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011073495A1 (en) * 2009-12-14 2011-06-23 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for multipath communication
WO2011127189A2 (en) * 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Cooperative bandwidth aggregation using multipath transport
CN101925125A (en) * 2010-04-23 2010-12-22 清华大学 Method of multipath TCP having mobility and combined with mobile IP (internet protocol)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113271637A (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-17 纬创资通股份有限公司 Mobile communication device and scheduling method for data traffic transmission
CN113271637B (en) * 2020-02-14 2024-01-26 纬创资通股份有限公司 Mobile communication device and scheduling method for data traffic transmission

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN103313232B (en) 2017-10-17
CN103313232A (en) 2013-09-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2013131486A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus and user equipment
JP5970614B2 (en) Offload method, system and access network element based on multi-network joint transmission
JP5972290B2 (en) Mobile router in EPS
US9853937B1 (en) Internal packet steering within a wireless access gateway
WO2018119235A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for aggregating network access within a single unified platform for a myriad of devices
EP2750461A1 (en) Apparatus and method of bandwidth aggregation for radio accessing on multi-RAT networks
WO2014000286A1 (en) Gateway system, device and communication method
CN106470465B (en) WIFI voice service initiating method, LTE communication equipment, terminal and communication system
WO2011015147A1 (en) Data transmission method, equipment and communication system
CN110679167A (en) Method and apparatus for transceiving signals related to PSA addition based on multihoming in wireless communication system
JP7383827B2 (en) Time synchronization methods, electronic equipment and storage media
KR20120075406A (en) Apparatus and method for transceving ip data after performing handover between heterogeneous networks
WO2013170673A1 (en) Access method, base station, access point and user equipment
WO2015120685A1 (en) Method for selecting shunt gateway and controller
WO2016023157A1 (en) Communication method, user equipment, access network device and application server
WO2013086949A1 (en) Method and device for communication
WO2012068946A1 (en) Method and system for querying gateway
US10531249B2 (en) Downlink offloading and converging method, uplink offloading and converging method, and device
WO2015024394A1 (en) Network address processing method, device, system, wlan and ue
US10187914B2 (en) Establishment of a wireless backhaul connection from a small cell RBS
WO2015103780A1 (en) Method and device for bearing circuit switched domain voice service
WO2011147332A1 (en) Method, apparatus and communication system for processing network messages
WO2012068837A1 (en) Method and device for selecting access gateway
WO2011094956A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for address distribution
EP4030864A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13758523

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13758523

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1